1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21669 40237
69 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21669 40237
89 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21669 40237
100 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21669 40237 826337
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21669 40236
242 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
772 Topic text constituents:
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21669
841 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
881 The graphics include:
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21669 40237 316336
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21669 40237 316336
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21669 40236 816336
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21669
982 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21669 40236 816336
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21669 40236 816336
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21669 40236 816336
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21715 24393
1249 ;;;;;; 407468 552000))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1264 How to submit a bug report
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21669 40237
1456 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21669
1484 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21669 40236 816336
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21669 40237
1558 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21669 40236 816336
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21669
1608 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1615 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1616 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1617 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1619 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1620 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1621 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1622 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1623 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1625 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1627 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1629 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1630 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1631 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1632 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1633 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1635 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1636 directory or directories specified.
1638 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1639 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1640 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1641 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1642 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1643 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1645 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1647 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1648 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1649 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1650 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21669 40236 816336
1659 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1661 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1662 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1663 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1664 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1665 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1667 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1668 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1671 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1672 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1673 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1677 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1678 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1680 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1681 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1685 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1686 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1687 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1688 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1689 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1691 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1692 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1693 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1694 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1695 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1697 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1698 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1699 writing before you save the file!
1701 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1705 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1706 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1708 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1709 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1713 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1714 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1715 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1716 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1717 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1718 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1720 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1722 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1723 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1724 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1725 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1726 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1728 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1729 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1730 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1732 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1733 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1734 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1735 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1736 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1738 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1739 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1740 specifies in the mode line.
1742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
1747 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1749 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1750 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1751 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1752 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1753 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1755 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1757 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1758 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1759 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1760 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1762 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1763 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1764 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1766 Effects of the different modes:
1767 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1768 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1769 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1770 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1771 a random distance & direction.
1772 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1773 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1774 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1776 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1777 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1778 definition of \"random distance\".)
1780 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21669 40237
1785 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
1786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1788 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1790 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1791 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1793 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1794 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1795 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21669 40236 816336
1805 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1806 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1808 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1809 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1810 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1811 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1815 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1816 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1817 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1818 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1819 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1820 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1822 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1824 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1825 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1826 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1827 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1828 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1830 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1831 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1832 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21669
1840 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
1841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1843 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1844 Time execution of FORMS.
1845 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1846 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1848 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1849 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1850 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1852 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1854 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1856 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1857 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1858 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1859 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1860 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1862 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1864 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1866 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1867 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1868 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1869 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1870 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1872 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21669 40237
1877 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
1878 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1880 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1881 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1882 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1883 of corresponding buffers.
1884 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1885 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1886 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1887 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1888 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1890 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1891 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1892 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1894 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1896 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1897 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1899 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1901 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1902 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1903 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1904 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1906 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1907 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1908 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1909 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1910 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1912 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1913 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1916 Special information:
1918 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1920 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1921 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1922 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1923 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1924 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1925 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1926 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1927 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1928 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1929 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1930 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1932 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1933 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1934 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1935 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1936 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1937 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1938 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1939 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1941 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1943 ----------------------------------------------------------
1944 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1945 if that value is non-nil.
1951 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1952 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1953 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1954 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1955 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1956 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1957 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1958 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1959 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1960 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1961 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1962 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1964 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1969 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 826337 297000))
1970 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1972 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1973 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21669 40237 316336
1981 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1983 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1984 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1986 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1987 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1988 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1990 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1992 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1993 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1995 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1997 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1998 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2000 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21669 40237
2005 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
2006 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2008 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2010 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2014 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2015 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2016 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2017 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2018 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2023 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2024 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2027 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2030 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2031 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2033 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2034 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2036 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2037 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2038 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2039 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2040 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2041 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2045 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2047 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2048 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2049 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2050 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2052 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2053 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2054 denoted by the letter `R'.
2056 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2057 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2058 denoted by the letter `H'.
2060 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2063 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2064 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2065 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2066 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2067 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2068 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2071 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2072 degree deflection it causes.
2075 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2076 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2077 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2078 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2079 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2085 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2086 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2090 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2099 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2100 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2101 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2102 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2103 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2104 emerging from the box.
2106 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2108 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2109 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2113 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21669 40236 816336
2126 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2127 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2128 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2131 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2132 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2133 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2134 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2135 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2136 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2137 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2139 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2140 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2141 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2143 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2144 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2145 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2146 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2147 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2150 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2151 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2152 yank successive words.
2154 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2155 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2156 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2157 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2158 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2160 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2161 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2162 the list of bookmarks.)
2164 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2166 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2167 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2168 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2169 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2170 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2173 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2174 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2175 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2176 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2178 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2179 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2181 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2182 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2183 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2185 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2187 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2188 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2190 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2192 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2193 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2195 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2196 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2197 after a bookmark was set in it.
2199 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2201 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2202 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2204 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2205 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2207 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2209 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2211 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2212 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2213 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2214 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2216 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2217 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2218 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2220 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2221 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2224 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2226 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2227 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2228 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2230 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2231 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2232 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2235 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2237 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2238 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2240 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2241 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2242 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2243 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2244 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2245 probably because we were called from there.
2247 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2249 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2250 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2251 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2255 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2256 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2257 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2258 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2261 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2262 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2263 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2264 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2265 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2267 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2268 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2269 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2270 `bookmark-default-file'.
2272 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2274 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2275 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2276 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2277 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2278 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2281 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2282 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2283 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2284 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2285 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2288 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2289 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2290 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2292 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2294 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2295 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2296 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2297 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2298 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2302 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2304 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2306 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2307 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2311 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2313 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21741 514
2318 ;;;;;; 655319 165000))
2319 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2321 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2322 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2323 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2324 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2326 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2327 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2328 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2329 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2330 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2332 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2334 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2335 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2336 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2337 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2338 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2339 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2341 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2343 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2344 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2345 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2346 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2349 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2351 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2352 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2356 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2357 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2359 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2361 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2362 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2363 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2364 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2365 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2366 first, if that exists.
2368 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2370 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2371 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2372 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2373 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2377 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2378 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2379 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2380 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2381 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2386 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2387 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2388 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2389 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2391 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2393 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2394 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2395 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2396 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2398 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2399 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2400 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2401 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2403 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2404 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2405 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2407 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2408 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2410 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2412 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2413 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2414 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2415 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2417 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2418 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2419 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2420 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2422 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2423 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2424 new tab in an existing window instead.
2426 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2427 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2429 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2431 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2432 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2433 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2434 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2436 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2437 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2438 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2440 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2441 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2442 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2444 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2445 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2447 On MS Windows, this ignores `browse-url-new-window-flag' and
2448 `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab', as well as the NEW-WINDOW argument.
2449 It always uses a new window.
2451 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2453 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2454 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2455 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2456 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2459 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2463 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2464 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2466 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2467 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2468 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2469 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2471 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2472 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2473 new tab in an existing window instead.
2475 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2476 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2478 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2480 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2481 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2483 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2485 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2486 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2487 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2488 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2490 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2491 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2492 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2493 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2495 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2496 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2498 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2500 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2501 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2503 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2504 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2505 program is invoked according to the variable
2506 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2508 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2509 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2510 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2511 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2513 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2514 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2516 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2518 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2519 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2520 Default to the URL around or before point.
2522 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2523 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2524 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2526 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2527 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2528 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2529 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2531 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2532 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2534 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2536 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2537 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2538 Default to the URL around or before point.
2540 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2541 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2542 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2544 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2545 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2547 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2549 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2550 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2551 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2552 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2554 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2556 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2557 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2558 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2559 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2560 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2561 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2563 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2565 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2566 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2567 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2568 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2569 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2571 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2572 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2573 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2574 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2576 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2577 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2579 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2581 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2582 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2583 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2584 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2585 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2588 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2589 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2590 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2591 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2593 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2594 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2596 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2598 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2599 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2600 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2601 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2602 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2603 don't offer a form of remote control.
2605 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2609 Default to the URL around or before point.
2611 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2613 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2614 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2615 Default to the URL around the point.
2617 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2618 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2620 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2621 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2623 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
2628 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2629 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2631 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2632 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2633 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2634 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2638 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2639 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2640 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2641 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2645 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2646 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2650 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2651 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2653 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2654 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2655 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2656 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2658 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2659 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2660 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2661 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2662 name of buffer configuration.
2668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21669 40237 316336
2670 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2672 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2674 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2675 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2676 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2677 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2678 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2679 columns on its right towards the left.
2681 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2682 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2683 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2684 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2691 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 316336 766000))
2692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2694 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2696 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2697 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2698 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2699 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2700 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2704 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2705 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21669
2712 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
2713 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2714 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2715 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2716 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2718 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2720 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2721 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2722 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2723 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2724 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2725 else the global value will be modified.
2727 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2729 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2730 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2731 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2732 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2733 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2734 else the global value will be modified.
2736 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2738 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2739 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2740 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2742 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2744 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2745 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2746 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2747 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2749 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2750 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2751 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2752 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2753 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2756 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2757 that already has a `.elc' file.
2759 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2760 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2762 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2763 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2764 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2765 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2766 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2767 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2769 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2771 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2772 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2773 Print the result in the echo area.
2774 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2778 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2779 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2780 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2782 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2784 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2785 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2786 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2787 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2788 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2789 all functions called by those functions.
2791 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2792 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2795 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2796 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2797 invoked interactively.
2799 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2801 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2802 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2803 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2804 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2808 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2809 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2810 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2811 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2812 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2813 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2814 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2817 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2819 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2820 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2821 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2822 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2824 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2825 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2826 and corresponding effects.
2828 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21669
2833 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
2834 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2836 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2838 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21669 40236
2843 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
2844 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2846 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2848 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2850 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21669
2855 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
2856 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2858 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2859 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2860 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2861 from the cursor position.
2863 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2865 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
2870 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2871 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2873 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2874 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2878 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2879 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2881 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2883 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2884 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2886 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2888 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2889 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2893 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2894 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2895 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2896 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2898 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2900 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2901 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2902 This is most useful in the X window system.
2903 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2904 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2906 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2908 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2909 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2910 See calc-keypad for details.
2912 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2914 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2915 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2917 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2919 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2920 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2922 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2924 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2925 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2927 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2929 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2930 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2931 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2933 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2935 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2936 Define Calc function.
2938 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2939 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2940 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2942 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2943 actual Lisp function name.
2945 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2947 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2949 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21669 40236
2954 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
2955 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2957 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21669 40236 816336
2966 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2968 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2969 Run the Emacs calculator.
2970 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21669 40236
2977 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
2978 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2980 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2981 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2982 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2983 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2984 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2985 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2987 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2988 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2989 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2990 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2991 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2992 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2993 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2994 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2997 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2998 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3000 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3001 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3002 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3003 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3004 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3005 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3007 Runs the following hooks:
3009 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3010 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3011 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3012 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3014 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21669 40237 316336
3022 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3024 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3025 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3027 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3029 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3030 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3031 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3034 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (21669
3039 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
3040 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3042 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3043 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3044 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3045 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3046 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3048 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3049 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3050 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3051 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3052 restriction to ASCII.
3054 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3059 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3060 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3061 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3063 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3064 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3065 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3066 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3067 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3068 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3069 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3071 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3072 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21710
3079 ;;;;;; 6472 78891 397000))
3080 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3082 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3083 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21669 40237
3090 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
3091 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3093 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3094 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3096 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3097 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3099 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3100 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3102 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3104 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3105 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3108 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3110 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3111 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3113 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3114 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3117 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3119 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3120 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3122 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3124 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3125 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3128 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3130 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3131 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3133 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3134 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3137 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3139 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3140 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3142 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3144 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3145 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3148 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3150 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3151 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3153 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3154 variables are guessed:
3156 * `c-basic-offset', and
3157 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3160 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3161 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3163 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3164 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3166 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3167 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3168 guess is made from scratch.
3170 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3171 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3173 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3175 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3176 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3177 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3178 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3180 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3181 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3182 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3184 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21711 27340
3189 ;;;;;; 416042 87000))
3190 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3192 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3193 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3194 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3195 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3196 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3197 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3198 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3200 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3201 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3202 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3203 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3204 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3205 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3206 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3207 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3208 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3210 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3211 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3212 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3213 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3214 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3215 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3217 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3219 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3220 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3227 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3228 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3229 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3230 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3231 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3232 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3235 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3237 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3238 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3244 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3246 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3247 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3248 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3249 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3250 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3251 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3254 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3256 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3257 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3263 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3265 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3266 Major mode for editing Java code.
3267 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3268 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3269 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3270 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3273 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3275 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3276 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3282 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3284 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3285 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3286 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3287 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3288 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3289 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3292 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3294 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3295 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3301 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3302 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3304 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3305 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3306 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3307 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3308 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3309 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3312 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3314 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3315 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3321 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3322 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3323 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3324 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3325 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3327 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3328 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3329 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3330 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3331 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3332 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3334 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3336 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3337 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21669
3347 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
3348 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3350 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3351 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3352 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3353 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3355 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3357 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3358 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3361 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3362 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3363 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3364 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3367 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3368 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3369 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3370 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3373 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3375 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3376 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3377 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3378 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3380 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3382 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3383 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3384 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3386 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3388 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3389 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3390 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3391 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3392 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3394 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21669 40237
3399 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
3400 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3401 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3402 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3403 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21669 40237 316336
3409 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3411 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3412 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3414 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3416 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3417 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3419 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3421 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3422 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3424 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3425 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3426 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3427 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3430 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3432 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3434 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3435 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3437 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3438 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3442 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3443 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3444 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3445 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3446 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3449 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3450 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3451 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3452 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3454 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3455 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3458 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3460 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3462 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3465 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3466 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3468 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3469 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3470 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3473 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3475 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3476 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3477 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3479 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3481 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3483 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3484 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3486 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3490 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3492 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3494 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3495 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3498 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3499 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3502 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3504 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3505 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3506 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3507 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3508 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3509 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3510 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3511 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3512 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3513 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3514 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3515 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3516 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3517 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3518 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3519 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3522 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3523 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3525 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3526 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3528 | (write EXPRESSION)
3529 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3530 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3533 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3536 ;; Same as: (write string)
3538 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3539 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3540 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3543 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3544 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3545 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3546 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3547 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3548 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3550 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3551 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3553 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3556 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3557 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3558 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3560 ARG := REG | integer
3563 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3566 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3569 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3572 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3573 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3576 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3577 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3578 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3581 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3582 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3583 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3586 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3587 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3589 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3590 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3591 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3594 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3595 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3598 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3599 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3601 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3604 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3608 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3609 ;; Same meaning as C code
3610 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3612 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3617 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3618 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3621 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3622 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3626 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3630 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3631 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3632 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3634 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3635 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3636 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3638 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3639 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3640 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3641 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3642 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3645 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3647 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3649 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3650 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3651 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3652 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3653 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3654 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3656 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3658 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3659 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3660 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3662 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3664 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21669 40236
3669 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
3670 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3672 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3673 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3674 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3675 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3677 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3679 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3681 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3682 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3684 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21669 40236 816336
3690 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3691 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21669 40237
3696 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
3697 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3698 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3700 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3701 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3702 There are no special keybindings by default.
3704 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3705 to the action header.
3709 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3710 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3711 There are no special keybindings by default.
3713 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3714 to the action header.
3718 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3719 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3720 on the buffer contents
3726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21669 40236
3727 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
3728 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3729 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3734 ;;;;;; (21669 40236 816336 299000))
3735 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3737 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3738 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3739 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3743 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3744 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3745 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21669
3752 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
3753 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3754 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3755 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3756 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3757 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3758 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3759 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3760 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3761 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3762 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3764 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3768 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3769 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3771 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3772 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3773 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3774 the users will view as each check is completed.
3778 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3779 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3780 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3781 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3782 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3783 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3784 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3785 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3787 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3789 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3790 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3791 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3792 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3793 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3794 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3795 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3796 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3798 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3800 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3801 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3802 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3803 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3804 spacing are all verified.
3808 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3809 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3810 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3811 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3812 otherwise stop after the first error.
3814 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3816 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3817 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3818 Only documentation strings are checked.
3819 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3820 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3823 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3825 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3826 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3827 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3828 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3829 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3831 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3833 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3834 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3835 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3836 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3839 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3841 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3842 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3843 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3844 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3846 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3848 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3850 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3851 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3852 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3854 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3856 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3857 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3858 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3859 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3860 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3864 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3865 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3866 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3867 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3868 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3869 space at the end of each line.
3871 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3873 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3874 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3875 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3876 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3880 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3881 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3882 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3883 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3887 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3888 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3889 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3890 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3894 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3895 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3896 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3897 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3901 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3902 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3903 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3904 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3908 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3909 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3910 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3911 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3915 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3916 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3917 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3918 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3922 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3923 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3924 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3925 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3929 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3930 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3931 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3932 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3936 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3937 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3938 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3939 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3940 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3942 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3943 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3944 checking of documentation strings.
3946 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21669
3953 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
3954 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3956 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3957 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3958 Return the length of resulting text.
3960 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3962 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3963 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3967 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3968 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3969 Return the length of resulting text.
3971 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3973 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3974 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3978 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3983 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3986 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21669 40236 816336
3992 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3994 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3995 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3996 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3997 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3998 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3999 editing and the result is evaluated.
4001 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4003 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4004 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4005 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4006 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4007 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4009 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4013 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4014 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4015 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4016 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4017 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4019 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4020 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4021 \\{command-history-map}
4023 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4024 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21669
4031 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
4032 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4034 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4035 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4036 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4037 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4038 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4039 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4040 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4043 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4044 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4045 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4048 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4049 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4051 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4052 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4053 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4054 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4055 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4056 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4057 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4058 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4059 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4060 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4061 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4062 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4064 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4065 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4066 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4068 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4069 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4070 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4073 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4075 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4077 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4079 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4080 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4082 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4083 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4085 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4086 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4087 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4088 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4089 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4090 value specified by their associated list element.
4092 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4094 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4095 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4096 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4098 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4099 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4100 * indent the first argument by 4.
4101 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4102 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4103 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4105 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21669 40236
4110 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
4111 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4112 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4114 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4116 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4117 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4118 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4119 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4120 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4121 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4123 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4124 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4126 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4128 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4130 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4132 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4134 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4136 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21669 40237
4141 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
4142 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4144 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4145 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4146 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4147 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4149 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4150 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4151 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4152 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4154 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4155 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4157 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21669 40236 816336
4163 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4165 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4166 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4167 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4168 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4169 of `scheme-program-name').
4170 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4171 it is given as initial input.
4172 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4173 discards input when it starts up.
4174 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4176 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
4183 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4185 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4186 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4187 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4188 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4190 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4191 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4193 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4194 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4195 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4197 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21735 9668 456748 276000))
4202 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4204 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4205 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4206 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4207 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4208 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4209 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4210 functions have already modified the buffer.
4212 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4214 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4215 either globally or locally.")
4217 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4218 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4219 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4220 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4222 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4223 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4224 `start-file-process'
4225 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4226 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4227 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4229 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4230 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4232 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4234 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4236 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4238 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4239 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4240 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4241 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4242 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4243 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4244 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4245 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4246 process as its initial input.
4248 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4250 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4252 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4254 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4255 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4256 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4257 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4258 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4259 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4261 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4263 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4264 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4265 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4266 directory tracking functions.")
4268 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4269 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4270 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4272 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4274 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4276 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4277 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4278 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4280 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4282 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4284 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4285 Send COMMAND to current process.
4286 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4287 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4289 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4291 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4292 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4293 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4294 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4296 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21669 40237
4301 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
4302 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4304 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4305 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4306 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4307 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4309 This command pushes the mark in each window
4310 at the prior location of point in that window.
4311 If both windows display the same buffer,
4312 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4313 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4315 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4316 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4317 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4318 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4319 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4320 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4321 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4324 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4325 this command work in interlaced mode:
4326 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4327 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4328 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4330 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21669 40237
4335 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
4336 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4338 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4339 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4341 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4343 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4344 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4345 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4347 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4349 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4350 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4351 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4353 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4355 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4356 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4357 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4358 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4359 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4361 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4362 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4363 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4364 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4365 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4367 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4368 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4369 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4370 describing how the process finished.")
4372 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4373 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4374 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4375 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4376 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4378 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4379 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4380 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4382 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4384 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4385 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4386 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4387 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4389 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4391 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4392 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4394 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4395 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4397 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4399 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4400 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4401 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4402 (concat \"make -k \"
4403 (if buffer-file-name
4404 (shell-quote-argument
4405 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4407 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4408 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4410 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4411 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4412 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4413 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4415 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4417 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4418 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4419 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4420 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4422 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4423 and move to the source code that caused it.
4425 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4426 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4428 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4429 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4430 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4431 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4432 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4434 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4435 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4436 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4437 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4439 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4440 kills its subprocesses.
4442 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4443 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4444 to a function that generates a unique name.
4446 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4448 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4449 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4450 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4451 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4453 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4454 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4456 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4457 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4458 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4459 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4461 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4462 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4463 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4465 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4467 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4469 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4470 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4471 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4472 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4473 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4475 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4477 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4479 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4481 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4483 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4484 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4485 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4486 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4487 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4489 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4490 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4491 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4492 See `compilation-mode'.
4494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4496 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4497 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4498 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4499 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4500 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4502 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4503 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4508 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4509 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4510 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4512 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21669 40236 816336
4518 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4520 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4521 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4522 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4523 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4524 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4525 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4527 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4529 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4530 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4531 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4532 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4533 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21669
4540 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
4541 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4543 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4544 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4545 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4546 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4547 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4548 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4549 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4551 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4552 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4553 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4555 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4556 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4557 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4559 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4560 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4561 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4562 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4564 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4565 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4566 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4567 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4568 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4569 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4570 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4576 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4577 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4578 Comments start with `#'.
4579 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4581 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4591 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4592 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4593 Comments start with `;'.
4594 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4596 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4598 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4599 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4600 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4602 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4603 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4607 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4608 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4609 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4610 between `/*' and `*/'.
4611 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4613 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4614 // another kind of comment
4626 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4627 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4628 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4629 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4630 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4631 `conf-space-keywords'.
4632 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4633 in an interactive fashion instead.
4635 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4637 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4639 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4643 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4645 # Standard multimedia devices
4646 add /dev/audio desktop
4647 add /dev/mixer desktop
4651 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4652 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4653 See `conf-space-mode'.
4655 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4657 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4658 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4659 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4660 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4662 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4664 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4665 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4669 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4670 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4671 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4672 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4674 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4676 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4677 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4681 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4682 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4683 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4684 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4686 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21669 40237 316336
4697 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4699 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4700 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4701 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4702 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4703 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4704 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4706 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4708 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4709 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4710 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4711 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4713 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4715 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4716 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4717 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4718 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4720 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21669
4725 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
4726 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4727 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4728 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4729 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4731 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4732 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4733 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4734 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4735 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4736 following the copyright are updated as well.
4737 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4740 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4742 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4743 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4744 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4745 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4746 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4750 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4751 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4753 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4755 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4756 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4757 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4759 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21669
4764 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
4765 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4766 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4767 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4768 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4769 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4770 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4771 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4772 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4774 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4775 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4776 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4777 Tab indents for Perl code.
4778 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4779 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4781 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4782 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4783 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4784 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4785 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4786 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4787 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4788 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4789 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4790 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4791 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4792 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4794 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4796 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4797 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4799 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4801 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4802 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4803 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4804 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4805 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4806 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4807 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4808 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4809 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4811 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4815 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4816 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4817 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4820 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4821 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4822 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4824 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4826 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4827 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4828 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4829 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4830 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4832 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4842 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4843 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4844 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4845 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4846 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4847 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4848 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4849 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4850 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4851 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4852 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4853 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4854 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4856 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4857 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4858 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4859 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4860 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4861 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4863 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4864 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4867 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4868 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4869 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4870 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4871 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4873 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4874 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4875 span the needed amount of lines.
4877 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4878 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4879 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4880 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4882 Variables controlling indentation style:
4883 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4884 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4885 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4886 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4887 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4888 `cperl-auto-newline'
4889 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4890 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4891 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4892 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4893 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4894 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4895 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4896 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4897 `cperl-indent-level'
4898 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4899 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4900 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4901 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4902 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4903 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4904 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4905 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4906 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4907 `cperl-brace-offset'
4908 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4909 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4910 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4911 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4912 `cperl-label-offset'
4913 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4914 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4915 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4917 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4918 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4919 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4920 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4921 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4922 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4924 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4925 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4926 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4927 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4929 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4930 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4931 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4932 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4933 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4934 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4935 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4937 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4938 column 0 is indented on
4939 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4941 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4944 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4945 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4946 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4950 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4951 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4955 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4956 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21669 40237 826337
4964 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4966 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4967 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4968 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4969 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4970 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4974 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4975 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21669 40236 816336
4983 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4985 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4986 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4987 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
4988 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
4989 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
4990 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
4991 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
4992 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
4994 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
4995 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
4997 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4998 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
4999 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5001 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5002 with empty strings removed.
5004 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21669 40237
5009 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
5010 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5012 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5013 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21669 40236
5020 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
5021 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5023 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5024 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5025 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5026 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5027 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5028 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5030 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5032 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5033 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5034 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5035 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5036 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5038 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5039 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5040 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5041 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5042 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5043 normal function of these prefix keys.
5045 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5046 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5048 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5049 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5050 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5052 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5053 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5054 the prefix fallback behavior.
5056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5058 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5059 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21669 40236
5066 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
5067 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5069 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5070 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5071 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21669 40236 816336
5079 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5081 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5082 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5084 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5086 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5087 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5089 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5091 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5092 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5094 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5096 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5097 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5099 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5100 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5102 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5103 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5105 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5107 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5109 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5110 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5111 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5113 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5114 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5116 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5117 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5119 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5120 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5122 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5124 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5126 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5127 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5130 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5131 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5133 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5134 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5136 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5137 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5139 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5141 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5143 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5144 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5145 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5146 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5148 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5149 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5150 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5152 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5154 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5155 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5156 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5157 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5158 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5162 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5163 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5164 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5165 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5169 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5170 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5171 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5173 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5175 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5176 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5178 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5180 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5182 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5183 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5185 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5187 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5189 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5190 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5191 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5193 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5195 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5196 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5197 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5198 as part of Emacs itself.
5200 Each elements looks like this:
5202 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5204 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5205 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5206 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5207 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5208 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5209 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5210 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5213 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5215 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5216 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5217 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5218 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5219 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5221 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5222 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5223 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5224 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5226 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5228 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5229 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5230 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5231 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5232 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5235 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5236 that were added or redefined since that version.
5238 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5240 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5241 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5242 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5243 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5245 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5247 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5248 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5250 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5252 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5253 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5254 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5256 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5257 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5259 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5261 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5262 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5266 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5267 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5271 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5272 Customize all saved options and faces.
5276 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5277 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5278 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5279 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5280 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5281 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5283 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5284 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5285 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5287 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5289 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5290 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5292 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5294 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5295 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5297 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5299 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5300 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5302 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5304 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5305 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5306 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5307 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5308 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5310 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5312 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5314 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5315 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5316 The result includes selecting that window.
5317 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5318 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5319 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5322 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5324 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5325 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5327 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5329 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5330 File used for storing customization information.
5331 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5332 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5333 it should be an absolute file name.
5335 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5336 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5337 something like the following in your init file:
5339 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5342 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5343 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5345 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5346 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5347 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5348 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5349 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5351 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5352 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5353 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5354 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5355 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5356 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5357 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5358 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5359 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5360 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5362 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5364 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5365 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5369 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5370 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5374 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5375 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5376 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5378 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5380 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5381 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5382 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5383 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5384 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5386 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21669 40236 816336
5392 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5394 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5395 Create or edit a custom theme.
5396 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5397 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5398 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5399 from the Custom save file.
5400 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5401 named *Custom Theme*.
5403 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5405 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5406 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5410 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5411 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5415 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5416 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5417 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5418 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5420 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21669 40237
5425 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
5426 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5428 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5429 Mode used for cvs status output.
5435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21669 40237 826337
5437 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5438 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5440 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5441 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5443 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5445 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5446 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5447 C++ modes are included.
5449 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5450 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5451 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5455 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5457 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5458 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5459 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5461 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5462 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5464 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5466 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5467 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5468 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5469 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5470 ARG is omitted or nil.
5472 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5473 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5474 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21669
5481 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
5482 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5484 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5485 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5487 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5489 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5490 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5492 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5494 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5495 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5496 For readability, the table is slightly
5497 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5499 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5500 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5501 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5502 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5503 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5505 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21669 40236 816336
5511 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5512 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5513 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5514 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5515 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5517 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5518 Completion on current word.
5519 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5520 and presents suggestions for completion.
5522 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5523 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5526 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5527 then it searches *all* buffers.
5529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5531 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5532 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5534 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5535 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5536 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5537 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5538 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5540 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5541 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5543 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5544 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5545 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5547 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5548 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5550 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21669 40236
5557 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
5558 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5560 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5561 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5563 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
5568 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5570 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5571 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5572 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5573 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5574 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21669 40237
5581 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
5582 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5584 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5585 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5587 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5588 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5589 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5591 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5592 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5593 Data lines are not indented.
5598 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5600 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5601 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5602 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5603 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5605 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5608 Extra indentation within blocks.
5610 dcl-continuation-offset
5611 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5614 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5616 dcl-margin-label-offset
5617 Indentation for a label.
5619 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5620 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5622 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5623 dcl-block-end-regexp
5624 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5625 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5626 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5627 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5628 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5630 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5631 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5632 Two such functions are included in the package:
5633 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5634 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5636 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5637 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5638 One such function is included in the package:
5639 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5641 dcl-tab-always-indent
5642 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5643 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5646 dcl-electric-characters
5647 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5650 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5651 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5652 which words trigger electric indentation.
5655 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5656 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5657 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5659 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5660 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5661 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5662 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5664 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5665 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5666 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5667 dcl-imenu-label-call
5668 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5670 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5671 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5672 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5673 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5676 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5678 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5679 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5680 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5682 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5683 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5687 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5688 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5689 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5690 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5691 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5692 \"lined up with the command line\"
5694 Data lines are not indented at all.
5695 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5700 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5701 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21669 40236
5708 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
5709 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5711 (setq debugger 'debug)
5713 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5714 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5715 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5718 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5719 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5720 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5722 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5724 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5725 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5727 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5729 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5730 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5731 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5732 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5733 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5734 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5736 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5737 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5739 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5741 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5742 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5743 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5744 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5745 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5747 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21669 40237
5752 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
5753 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5755 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5756 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5760 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5761 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5762 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5763 Upper-case letters are commands.
5765 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5768 The most useful commands are:
5769 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5770 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5771 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5772 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5773 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5774 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21669 40236 816336
5782 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5783 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5785 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5786 Customization of `columns' group.
5790 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5791 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5793 START and END delimits the text region.
5795 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5797 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5798 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5800 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5802 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
5807 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5809 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5811 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5812 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5813 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5814 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5815 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5816 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5818 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5820 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5821 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5822 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5823 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5824 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5826 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5827 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5828 point regardless of any selection.
5830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21669 40236
5835 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
5836 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5838 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5839 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5841 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5843 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5844 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5845 or nil if there is no parent.
5846 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5847 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5848 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5849 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5850 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5852 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5853 arguments are currently understood:
5855 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5856 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5858 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5859 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5861 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5862 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5864 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5866 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5868 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5869 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5870 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5872 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5873 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5875 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5876 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5877 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5879 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5880 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5882 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5883 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5885 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5887 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5889 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5891 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5892 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5893 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5894 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5895 the first time the mode is used.
5897 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21669 40236 816336
5903 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5905 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5906 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5907 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5908 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5909 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5910 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5913 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5915 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5916 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5917 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5918 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5920 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5921 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5922 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5924 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5925 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5926 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5927 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5928 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5929 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5932 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21669 40236 816336
5938 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5940 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5941 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5942 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5943 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5944 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5945 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5947 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5949 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5950 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5951 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5952 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5955 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5956 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5957 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5958 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5960 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
5961 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
5963 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
5964 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
5966 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
5968 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
5970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5972 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5973 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5974 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5975 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5977 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5979 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5980 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5982 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5983 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5984 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5986 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5987 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5989 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5990 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5991 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5993 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5994 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5995 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5996 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5998 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6000 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6001 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6003 Handlers are called with argument list
6005 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6007 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6009 `desktop-file-version'
6010 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6011 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6012 `desktop-buffer-point'
6013 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6014 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6015 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6017 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6018 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6020 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6023 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6025 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6026 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6028 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6030 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6032 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6033 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6034 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6035 List elements must have the form
6037 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6039 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6042 Handlers are called with argument list
6044 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6046 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6048 `desktop-file-version'
6049 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6050 `desktop-buffer-name'
6051 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6052 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6053 `desktop-buffer-point'
6054 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6055 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6056 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6058 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6059 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6062 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6065 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6067 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6068 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6070 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6072 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6074 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6076 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6078 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6079 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6080 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6081 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6082 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6087 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6088 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6089 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6090 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6091 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6092 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6093 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6095 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6097 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6098 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6099 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6103 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6104 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6105 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6106 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6107 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6108 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6109 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6110 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6112 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6114 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6115 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6116 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6120 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6122 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6123 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6124 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6125 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6128 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6130 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6131 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6135 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6136 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21669 40237
6143 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
6144 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6146 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6147 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6148 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6149 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6150 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6151 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6153 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6155 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6156 Repair a broken attribution line.
6157 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6159 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6161 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6162 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6163 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6164 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6166 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6168 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6169 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21669
6176 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
6177 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6179 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6180 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6181 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6182 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6183 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6187 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6188 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6189 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6190 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6192 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6193 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6194 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6195 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6197 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6198 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6200 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6201 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6202 calendar-date-style 'european
6203 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6205 \(diary-mail-entries)
6207 # diary-rem.el ends here
6209 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6211 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6212 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
6219 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6221 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6222 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6224 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6226 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6227 The command to use to run diff.")
6229 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6231 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6232 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6233 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6234 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6235 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6236 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6238 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6239 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6240 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6242 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6244 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6245 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6246 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6247 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6248 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6249 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6251 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6253 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6254 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6258 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6259 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6260 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6262 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21669 40237
6267 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
6268 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6270 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6271 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6272 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6275 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6276 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6277 headers for you on-the-fly.
6279 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6280 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6281 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6287 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6288 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6289 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6290 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6291 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6293 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
6300 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6302 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6303 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6304 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6306 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21670 36217 665624 229000))
6311 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6313 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6314 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6315 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6316 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6317 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6318 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6319 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6320 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6322 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6324 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6325 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6326 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6327 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6328 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6329 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6331 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6332 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6333 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6334 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6335 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6336 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6337 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6338 list of files to make directory entries for.
6339 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6340 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6341 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6343 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6345 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6346 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6348 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6349 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6351 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6352 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6354 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6355 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6357 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6359 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6360 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6362 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6364 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6365 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6366 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6367 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6368 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6369 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6370 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6371 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6372 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6373 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6374 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6375 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6376 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6377 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6378 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6379 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6380 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6381 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6382 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6383 to see why something went wrong.
6384 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6385 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6386 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6387 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6388 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6389 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6390 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6391 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6392 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6393 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6394 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6395 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6396 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6398 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6399 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6400 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6401 again for the directory tree.
6403 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6406 `dired-listing-switches'
6407 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6410 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6411 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6412 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6413 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6415 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6417 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6418 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6425 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6426 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21669 40236 816336
6432 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6434 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6435 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6436 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6437 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6438 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6440 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6441 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6442 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6444 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6445 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6448 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6450 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6451 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6452 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6453 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6454 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6455 from `default-directory'.
6457 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21669 40236
6462 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
6463 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6465 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6466 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6467 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6468 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6469 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6470 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6472 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21669 40236 816336
6478 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6480 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6481 Return a new, empty display table.
6485 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6486 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6487 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6488 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6489 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6491 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6493 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6494 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6495 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6496 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6497 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6499 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6501 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6502 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6506 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6507 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6511 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6512 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6514 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6515 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6517 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6518 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6521 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6522 in the default way after this call.
6526 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6527 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6531 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6532 Display character C using printable string S.
6536 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6537 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6538 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6539 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6541 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6543 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6544 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6545 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6548 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6550 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6551 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6553 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6555 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6556 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6558 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6560 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6561 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6563 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6565 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6566 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6568 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6570 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6571 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6573 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6575 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6576 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6578 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6579 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6581 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6582 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6584 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6585 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6586 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6587 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6589 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6590 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6591 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21669 40237
6599 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
6600 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6602 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6603 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6604 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6605 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6606 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6607 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6608 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
6616 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6618 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6619 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6620 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6621 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6622 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6623 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6625 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6626 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6627 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6628 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6629 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6631 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21669 40237
6636 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
6637 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6639 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6640 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6641 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6642 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6643 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6644 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6645 table and its own syntax table.
6647 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6650 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6652 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6653 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21669 40236 816336
6661 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6663 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6664 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6665 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6666 OpenDocument format).
6668 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6670 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6671 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6673 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6674 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6676 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6677 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6678 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6682 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6683 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6684 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6685 to the next best mode.
6689 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6690 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6691 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6692 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6693 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6695 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6699 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21669 40237 316336
6708 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6710 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6711 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
6718 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6720 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6721 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6722 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6723 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6724 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6726 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6727 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21669 40237 316336
6735 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6736 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6738 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6739 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21669
6746 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
6747 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6749 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6751 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6752 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6753 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6754 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6755 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6757 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6758 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6759 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6760 and disables it otherwise.
6762 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6763 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6764 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6765 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6767 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6768 documenting what its argument does.
6770 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6771 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6772 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6773 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6774 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6775 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6776 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6777 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6779 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6780 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6781 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6782 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6783 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6786 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6787 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6788 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6789 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6790 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6791 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6792 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6793 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6794 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6795 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6796 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6797 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6798 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6799 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6800 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6801 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6802 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6803 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6804 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6805 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6808 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6809 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6811 For example, you could write
6812 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6813 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6816 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6818 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6820 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6822 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6824 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6825 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6826 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6827 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6828 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6829 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6830 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6831 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6832 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6833 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6834 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6835 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6837 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6838 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6839 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6840 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6841 call another major mode in their body.
6843 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6844 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6845 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6847 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6849 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6851 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6852 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6853 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6854 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6855 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6856 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6857 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6859 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6861 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6862 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6863 :inherit Parent keymap.
6865 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6866 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6868 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6870 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6871 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6872 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6873 the constant's documentation.
6875 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6877 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6878 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6879 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6881 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21669
6886 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
6887 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6889 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6890 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6891 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6892 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6894 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6895 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6896 as a top-level menu bar item.
6898 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6899 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6903 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6904 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6905 items to actually display.
6908 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6909 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6910 alias for `:visible'.
6913 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6914 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6915 an alias for `:active'.
6917 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6918 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6920 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6922 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6924 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6925 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6927 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6928 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6930 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6932 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6934 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6935 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6938 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6939 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6940 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6941 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6944 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6945 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6946 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6947 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6950 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6951 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6952 alias for `:active'.
6955 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6956 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6960 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6961 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6964 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6965 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6968 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6969 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6970 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6973 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6974 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
6977 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6979 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
6980 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
6981 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
6983 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
6984 MENU. This is a submenu.
6986 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
6988 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6990 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6993 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6995 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6996 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6997 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6998 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7000 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7002 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7003 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7004 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7005 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7006 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7007 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7009 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7010 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7011 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7013 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7014 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7015 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7017 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7018 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7020 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21669 40237
7025 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
7026 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7027 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7029 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7030 Customization for ebnf group.
7034 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7035 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7037 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7039 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7042 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7044 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7046 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7047 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7049 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7050 killed after process termination.
7052 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7054 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7056 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7057 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7059 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7060 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7063 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7064 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7065 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7066 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7068 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7070 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7071 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7072 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7074 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7076 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7077 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7079 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7081 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7084 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7086 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7088 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7089 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7091 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7092 killed after process termination.
7094 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7096 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7098 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7099 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7100 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7101 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7103 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7107 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7108 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7109 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7111 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7113 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7115 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7116 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7118 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7120 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7123 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7125 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7127 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7128 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7130 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7131 killed after EPS generation.
7133 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7135 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7137 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7138 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7140 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7141 The EPS file name has the following form:
7143 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7145 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7146 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7148 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7149 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7150 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7151 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7152 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7154 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7159 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7160 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7162 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7163 The EPS file name has the following form:
7165 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7167 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7168 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7170 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7171 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7172 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7173 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7174 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7176 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7179 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7181 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7183 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7184 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7186 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7188 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7191 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7193 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7195 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7196 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7198 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7199 killed after syntax checking.
7201 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7203 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7205 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7206 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7210 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7211 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7213 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7215 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7216 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7220 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7221 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7223 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7227 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7228 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7230 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7232 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7234 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7237 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7241 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7242 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7244 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7246 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7248 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7249 Set STYLE as the current style.
7251 Returns the old style symbol.
7253 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7257 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7258 Reset current style.
7260 Returns the old style symbol.
7262 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7264 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7266 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7267 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7269 Returns the old style symbol.
7271 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7273 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7275 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7277 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7278 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7280 Returns the old style symbol.
7282 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7284 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21669 40237
7291 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
7292 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7294 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7295 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7296 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7297 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7298 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7299 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7301 Tree mode key bindings:
7302 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7306 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7307 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7311 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7312 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7316 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7317 View declaration of member at point.
7321 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7322 Find declaration of member at point.
7326 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7327 View definition of member at point.
7331 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7332 Find definition of member at point.
7336 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7337 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7341 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7342 View definition of member at point in other window.
7346 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7347 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7351 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7352 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7356 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7357 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7361 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7362 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7366 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7367 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7368 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7369 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7372 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7374 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7375 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7376 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7377 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7379 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7381 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7382 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7383 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7384 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7386 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7388 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7389 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7390 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7392 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7394 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7395 Search for call sites of a member.
7396 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7397 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7398 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7399 looks like a function call to the member.
7401 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7403 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7404 Move backward in the position stack.
7405 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7409 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7410 Move forward in the position stack.
7411 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7415 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7416 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7420 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7421 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7425 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7426 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7427 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7428 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7430 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7432 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7433 Display statistics for a class tree.
7439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21669 40236 816336
7441 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7443 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7444 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7445 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7446 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7447 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7448 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7449 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7451 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7453 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7454 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7455 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7456 also has this effect.
7457 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7458 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7459 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7460 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7461 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7462 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7463 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7464 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7465 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7466 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21669 40236 816336
7474 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7476 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7477 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7478 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7480 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21669 40237
7485 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
7486 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7488 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
7496 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7497 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7499 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7500 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7501 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7502 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7503 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7504 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7506 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7508 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7509 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7510 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7511 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7512 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7514 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7515 an EDE controlled project.
7517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21669 40236
7522 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
7523 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7525 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7526 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7527 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7528 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7529 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7531 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7532 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7533 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7534 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7536 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7538 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7539 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7540 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7541 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7543 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7545 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7546 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7547 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7548 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7550 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7552 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7554 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7555 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7556 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7557 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7558 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7560 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7561 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7562 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7563 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7564 instrumented for Edebug.
7566 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7567 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7568 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7569 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7574 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7575 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7579 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7580 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
7587 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7588 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7590 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7591 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7593 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7595 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7596 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7598 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7600 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7602 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7604 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7605 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7606 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7607 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7611 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7612 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7613 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7614 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7618 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7619 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7621 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7623 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7625 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7626 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7628 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7630 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7632 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7633 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7634 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7635 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7637 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7639 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7641 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7642 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7643 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7644 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7646 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7648 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7650 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7651 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7652 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7653 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7655 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7657 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7659 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7660 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7661 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7662 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7664 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7666 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7668 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7669 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7670 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7671 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7672 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7673 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7675 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7677 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7678 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7679 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7680 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7682 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7684 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7686 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7687 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7688 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7689 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7691 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7693 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7695 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7697 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7698 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7699 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7701 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7702 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7704 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7706 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7707 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7708 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7710 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7711 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7713 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7715 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7716 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7717 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7718 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7719 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7721 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7723 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7724 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7725 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7726 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7727 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7728 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7730 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7732 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7734 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7735 Merge two files without ancestor.
7737 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7739 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7740 Merge two files with ancestor.
7742 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7744 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7746 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7747 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7749 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7751 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7752 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7754 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7756 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7757 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7758 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7761 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7763 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7764 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7765 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7768 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7770 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7771 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7772 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7773 and don't ask the user.
7774 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7775 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7777 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7779 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7780 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7781 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7782 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7783 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7784 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7785 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7786 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7788 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7790 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7792 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7794 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7795 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7796 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7797 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7798 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7800 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7802 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7804 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7805 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7806 When called interactively, displays the version.
7810 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7811 Display Ediff's manual.
7812 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7814 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7816 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7821 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7826 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7831 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7836 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7841 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7846 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7851 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21669 40237
7859 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
7860 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7862 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21669 40237
7870 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
7871 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7873 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7874 Display Ediff's registry.
7878 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21669 40237
7883 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
7884 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7886 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7887 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7888 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7893 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7894 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7895 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7896 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21669 40236 816336
7904 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7905 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7907 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7908 Edit a keyboard macro.
7909 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7910 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7911 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7913 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7915 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7917 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7918 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7920 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7922 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7923 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7925 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7927 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7928 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7929 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7930 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7931 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7932 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7934 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7935 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7936 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7937 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7939 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7941 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7942 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7943 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7944 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7945 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7946 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7948 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21669 40236 816336
7954 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7956 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7958 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7959 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7961 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7963 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7964 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
7971 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7973 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7974 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7975 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7976 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7977 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7978 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7979 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7981 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7982 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7984 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7985 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7986 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7987 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7989 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7990 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7991 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7993 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7994 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7995 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7997 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7999 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8002 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21670 36216
8007 ;;;;;; 665623 730000))
8008 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8009 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21669
8014 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
8015 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8016 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8018 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8019 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8020 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8021 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8022 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8023 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8024 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8026 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21669 40236
8031 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
8032 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8034 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8035 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8037 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8039 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8040 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8041 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8042 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8043 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8045 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8046 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8047 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8048 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8049 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8050 expression point is on.
8052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8054 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8056 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8057 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8058 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8059 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8060 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8061 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8064 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8065 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8066 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8069 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8070 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21669 40236 816336
8076 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8078 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8079 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8081 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8082 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8083 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8085 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8087 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8088 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8089 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8090 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8091 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8092 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8094 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8096 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8097 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8098 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8099 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8100 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8102 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8103 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8104 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21669 40236 816336
8112 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8114 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8115 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8117 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8118 an elided material again.
8120 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21669 40236
8127 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
8128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8130 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8135 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8136 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8137 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8139 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8141 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8142 Lint the current buffer.
8143 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8147 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8148 Lint the function at point.
8149 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8153 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8155 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8156 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8158 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21669 40236 816336
8164 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8166 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8167 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8168 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8170 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8172 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8173 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8174 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8175 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8177 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8179 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8180 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8181 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8183 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8185 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8187 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8188 Display current profiling results.
8189 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8190 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21669 40236 816336
8199 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8201 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8202 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8203 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8204 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8205 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8206 ARG is omitted or nil.
8208 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8209 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8210 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8213 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8215 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8216 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8217 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8219 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8221 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21669 40237
8226 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
8227 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8229 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8230 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8231 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8233 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8235 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21607 56059 804396
8241 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8243 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8244 Run Emerge on two files.
8246 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8248 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8249 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8251 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8253 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8254 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8256 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8258 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8259 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8261 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8263 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8268 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8273 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8276 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8278 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8281 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8283 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8284 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8286 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8288 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8289 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8291 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8293 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8296 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21669 40237
8301 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
8302 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8304 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8305 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8306 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8307 text/enriched format.
8309 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8310 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8311 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8313 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8315 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8316 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8320 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8324 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8327 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8329 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8332 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
8337 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8339 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8340 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8342 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8344 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8345 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8347 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8349 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8350 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8351 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8352 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8353 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8354 the keys are listed.
8355 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8357 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8359 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8360 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8361 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8363 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8365 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8370 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8371 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8373 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8375 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8376 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8378 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8380 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8381 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8383 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8384 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8385 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8386 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8388 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8389 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8390 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8391 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8392 should consider using the string based counterpart
8393 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8394 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8398 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8399 (decode-coding-string
8400 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8403 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8405 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8406 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8408 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8409 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8411 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8413 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8414 Verify the current region between START and END.
8416 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8417 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8418 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8419 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8420 should consider using the string based counterpart
8421 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8422 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8426 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8427 (decode-coding-string
8428 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8431 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8433 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8434 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8435 between START and END.
8437 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8438 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8440 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8442 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8443 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8445 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8446 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8447 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8448 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8449 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8450 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8454 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8457 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8459 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8461 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8462 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8464 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8465 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8466 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8467 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8468 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8469 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8473 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8476 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8479 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8481 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8482 Delete selected KEYS.
8484 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8486 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8487 Import keys from FILE.
8491 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8492 Import keys from the region.
8494 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8496 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8497 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8498 between START and END.
8500 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8502 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8503 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8505 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8507 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8508 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21669 40236 816336
8516 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8518 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8519 Decrypt marked files.
8523 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8524 Verify marked files.
8528 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8533 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8534 Encrypt marked files.
8540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21669 40236 816336
8542 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8544 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8547 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8549 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8554 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21669 40236 816336
8563 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8565 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8566 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8567 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8568 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8569 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8573 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8574 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8575 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8577 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8581 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8582 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8583 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8585 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8589 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8590 Sign the current buffer.
8591 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8593 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8595 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8597 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8598 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8599 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8600 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8601 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8602 and also whether and how to sign.
8604 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8605 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8606 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8608 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8610 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8612 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8613 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8614 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8616 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8620 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8621 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8622 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8623 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8624 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8625 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8627 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8629 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8630 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8631 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8632 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8633 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
8640 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8641 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8643 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8644 Return a context object.
8646 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21669 40236 816336
8652 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8654 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8655 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8659 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8660 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8662 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8664 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8665 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8667 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21732 33477 285319 343000))
8672 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8673 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8675 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8676 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8680 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8681 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8682 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8684 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8686 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8687 (server (erc-compute-server))
8688 (port (erc-compute-port))
8689 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8691 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8693 That is, if called with
8695 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8697 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8698 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8699 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8701 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8703 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8705 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8706 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8707 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8709 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8711 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8712 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8713 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8714 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8716 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21669
8721 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
8722 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8723 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21669 40236
8728 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
8729 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8730 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21669 40236
8735 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
8736 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8737 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21669 40236
8742 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
8743 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8744 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21669 40236 816336
8750 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8751 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8753 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8754 Parser for /dcc command.
8755 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8756 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8757 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8759 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8761 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8762 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8766 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8767 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8769 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8770 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8771 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8774 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8779 ;;;;;; (21669 40236 816336 299000))
8780 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8781 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21669
8786 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
8787 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8789 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8790 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8792 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8794 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8795 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8796 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8797 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8799 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8801 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8804 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8806 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8807 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8809 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8811 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8812 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8814 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8816 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8817 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8819 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8821 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8822 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8824 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8826 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8827 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8829 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8831 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8832 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8834 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8836 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8837 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8841 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8842 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21669 40236 816336
8850 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8851 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8853 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8854 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8855 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21669 40236
8862 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
8863 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8864 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8866 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8867 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8868 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8869 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8870 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8871 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8874 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8876 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8879 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21669 40236
8884 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
8885 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8887 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21669 40236 816336
8896 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8897 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21669 40236 816336
8903 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8904 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21669 40236 816336
8910 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8911 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8913 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8914 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8915 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8916 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8917 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8918 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8920 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8922 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8923 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8924 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8925 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8927 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8928 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8931 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8932 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8934 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21669 40236
8939 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
8940 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8941 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8943 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8944 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8948 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8949 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8953 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8954 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8958 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8959 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8963 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8964 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8968 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8969 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8973 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8974 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8978 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8979 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21669 40236 816336
8987 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8988 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21669
8993 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
8994 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8995 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8997 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21669
9005 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
9006 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9008 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9009 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9010 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9011 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9015 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9016 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21669 40236
9023 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
9024 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9025 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9027 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9028 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9029 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9030 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9032 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9034 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21669 40236 816336
9043 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9044 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21669
9049 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
9050 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9051 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21669 40236
9056 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
9057 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9058 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21669 40236 816336
9064 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9065 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21669
9070 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
9071 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9072 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9074 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9075 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9079 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9080 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9081 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9083 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21669 40236
9088 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
9089 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9090 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21669
9095 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
9096 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9098 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9099 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9100 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21669
9107 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
9108 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9109 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21669 40236
9114 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
9115 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9116 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21669 40236
9121 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
9122 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9124 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9125 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9126 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9128 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9130 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9131 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9132 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9133 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9134 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9136 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9137 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9138 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9139 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9142 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21669
9147 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
9148 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9149 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9151 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9152 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9153 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9154 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9156 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9158 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9159 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9160 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21669 40236 816336
9168 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9169 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9171 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9172 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21669 40236 816336
9180 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9182 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9183 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9185 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9186 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9188 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9189 useful for assertions in BODY.
9191 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9193 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9194 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9195 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9197 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9199 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9201 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9203 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9204 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9206 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9207 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9208 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9209 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9211 Returns the stats object.
9213 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9215 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9216 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9218 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9219 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9220 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9223 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9225 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9226 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9228 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9229 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9230 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9231 and how to display message.
9233 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9235 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9237 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9238 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9240 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21669 40236
9245 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
9246 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9248 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9250 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9251 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21669 40236
9258 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
9259 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9261 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9262 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21669 40236 816336
9270 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9271 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9273 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9274 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9275 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9276 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9277 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9278 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9279 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9280 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9281 buffer selected (or created).
9283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9285 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9286 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9287 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9289 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9291 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9292 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9293 The result might be any Lisp object.
9294 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9295 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9296 corresponding to a successful execution.
9298 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9300 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21669 40237 826337
9306 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9308 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9309 File name of tags table.
9310 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9311 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9312 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9313 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9314 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9316 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9317 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9318 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9319 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9321 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9323 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9324 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9325 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9326 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9327 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9328 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9330 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9332 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9333 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9334 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9336 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9338 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9339 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9340 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9341 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9342 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9344 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9346 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9347 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9348 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9349 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9351 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9353 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9354 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9355 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9356 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9357 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9359 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9361 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9362 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9366 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9367 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9368 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9369 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9371 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9372 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9373 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9374 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9375 file the tag was in.
9377 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9379 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9380 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9381 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9382 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9383 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9384 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9385 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9386 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9387 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9389 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9391 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9392 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9393 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9394 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9395 without directory names.
9398 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9399 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9402 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9404 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9405 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9406 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9407 but does not select the buffer.
9408 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9410 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9411 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9412 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9413 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9414 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9416 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9418 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9419 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9420 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9422 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9424 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9426 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9427 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9428 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9429 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9431 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9432 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9433 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9434 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9435 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9437 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9439 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9440 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9441 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9443 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9445 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9446 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9448 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9449 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9450 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9451 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9452 around or before point.
9454 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9455 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9456 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9457 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9458 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9460 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9462 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9463 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9464 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9466 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9468 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9469 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9471 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9472 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9473 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9474 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9475 around or before point.
9477 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9478 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9479 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9480 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9481 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9483 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9485 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9486 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9487 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9489 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9491 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9492 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9494 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9495 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9496 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9498 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9499 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9500 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9501 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9502 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9504 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9506 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9507 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9508 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9510 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9512 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9513 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9514 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9516 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9517 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9519 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9520 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9521 where they were found.
9525 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9526 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9528 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9529 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9530 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9532 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9533 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9535 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9536 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9538 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9540 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9541 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9542 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9543 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9545 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9546 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9547 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9548 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9549 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9551 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9552 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9554 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9555 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9556 Stops when a match is found.
9557 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9559 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9560 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9561 restricted to these files.
9563 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9565 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9567 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9568 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9569 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9570 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9571 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9572 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9573 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9574 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9576 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9577 produce the list of files to search.
9579 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9581 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9583 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9584 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9585 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9586 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9587 directory specification.
9589 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9591 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9592 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9594 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9596 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9597 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9598 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9599 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9603 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9604 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9605 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9606 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9607 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21669
9614 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
9615 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9617 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9622 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9623 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9625 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9626 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9628 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9629 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9632 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9633 even if the buffer is read-only.
9635 See also the descriptions of the variables
9636 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9638 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9640 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9641 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9643 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9644 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9646 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9647 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9650 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9651 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9653 See also the descriptions of the variables
9654 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9656 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9658 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9659 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9660 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9661 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9663 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9665 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9666 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9667 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9668 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9670 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9671 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9674 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9675 buffer is read-only.
9677 See also the descriptions of the variables
9678 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9679 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9681 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9683 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9684 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9686 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9687 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9689 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9690 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9691 the primary language.
9693 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9694 buffer is read-only.
9696 See also the descriptions of the variables
9697 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9698 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9700 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9702 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9703 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9704 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9706 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9708 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9709 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9713 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9714 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9716 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9717 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9720 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9721 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9722 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9724 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9726 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9728 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9729 This function is deprecated.
9733 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9734 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9738 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9739 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9743 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9744 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9746 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9747 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9749 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9750 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9754 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9755 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9759 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9760 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9764 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9765 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9769 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9770 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9771 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9775 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9778 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
9783 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9785 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9786 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9787 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9788 server for future sessions.
9790 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9792 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9793 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9794 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9796 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9798 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9799 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9800 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9802 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9804 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9805 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9806 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9807 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9808 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9809 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9810 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9811 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9812 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9813 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9814 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9815 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9817 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9819 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9820 Display a form to query the directory server.
9821 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9822 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9824 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9826 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9827 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9828 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9832 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21669 40237 316336
9838 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9840 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9841 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9843 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9845 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9846 Display URL and make it clickable.
9850 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9851 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9853 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9855 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9856 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9858 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9860 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9861 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9863 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9865 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9866 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9868 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21669 40237
9873 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
9874 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9876 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9877 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9878 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9882 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9883 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21669
9890 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
9891 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9893 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9894 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21669 40236 816336
9902 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9904 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9905 Create an empty ewoc.
9907 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9909 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9910 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9911 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9912 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9913 `insert-before-markers'.
9915 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9916 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9917 respectively, of the ewoc.
9919 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9920 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9921 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9923 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
9928 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9930 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9931 Fetch URL and render the page.
9932 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9933 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9936 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9938 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9939 Render a file using EWW.
9943 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9946 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21669
9951 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
9952 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9954 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9955 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9956 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9958 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9960 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9961 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9962 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9963 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9964 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9966 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9968 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9969 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9970 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9971 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9972 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9975 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9977 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9978 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9979 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9983 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9984 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9985 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
9993 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9995 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9996 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
9997 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9998 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10000 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10002 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10003 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10004 to generate such functions.
10006 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10007 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10008 beginning of the expanded text.
10010 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10011 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10012 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10013 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10015 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10017 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10019 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10020 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10021 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10025 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10026 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10027 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10031 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10032 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10033 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10036 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10037 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21669 40237 826337
10043 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10045 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10046 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10047 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10049 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10050 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10051 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10053 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10058 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10061 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10063 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10065 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10066 `f90-program-indent'
10067 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10069 `f90-associate-indent'
10070 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10071 `f90-critical-indent'
10072 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10073 `f90-continuation-indent'
10074 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10075 `f90-comment-region'
10076 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10077 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10078 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10079 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10081 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10082 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10083 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10084 `f90-break-delimiters'
10085 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10086 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10087 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10088 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10090 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10091 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10093 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10094 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10095 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10096 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10097 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10098 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10099 `f90-leave-line-no'
10100 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10102 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10103 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21669 40236 816336
10111 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10113 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10114 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10115 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10116 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10118 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10119 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10120 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10121 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10122 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10124 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10125 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10126 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10127 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10128 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10129 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10132 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10133 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10135 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10137 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10138 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10139 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10140 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10142 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10144 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10145 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10146 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10147 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10149 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10150 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10151 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10153 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10154 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10155 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10156 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10158 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10160 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10161 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10162 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10164 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10165 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10166 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10169 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10171 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10172 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10173 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10175 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10176 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10177 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10178 will remove any scaling currently active.
10182 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10183 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10184 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10187 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10188 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10189 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10190 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10192 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10193 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10195 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10197 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10198 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10200 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10201 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10202 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10204 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10205 the face height as long as the input event read
10206 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10208 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10209 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10210 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10211 will remove any scaling currently active.
10213 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10214 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10215 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10216 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10217 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10221 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10222 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10223 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10224 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10225 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10226 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10230 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10231 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10232 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10233 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10234 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10235 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10236 `buffer-face-mode'.
10238 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10239 local, and sets it to FACE.
10241 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10243 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10244 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10245 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10246 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10247 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10248 `face' text property.
10250 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10251 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10252 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10253 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10255 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10256 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10258 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10260 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10261 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10262 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10263 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21607 56024
10270 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
10271 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10272 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10274 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10275 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10276 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10277 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10281 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10282 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10284 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10286 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10287 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10288 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10289 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10293 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10294 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10295 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10296 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10297 backup file names and the like).
10299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10301 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10302 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10303 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10304 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10305 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10306 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10307 internally by feedmail):
10309 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10310 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10311 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10312 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10314 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10315 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10316 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10317 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10318 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10320 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
10325 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10327 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10328 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10329 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10330 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10331 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10332 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10333 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10335 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10337 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10338 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10339 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10340 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10341 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10342 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10343 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10345 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10347 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10349 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10350 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10351 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10352 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10353 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10354 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10356 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10358 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10359 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10360 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10362 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10363 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10368 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10369 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10370 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10372 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10374 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10375 Try to get a file name at point.
10376 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10380 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10381 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21669 40236 816336
10389 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10391 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10392 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10393 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10394 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10396 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10398 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10399 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10400 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10401 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10402 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10403 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10405 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10407 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10408 Add FILE to the file cache.
10412 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10413 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10414 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10416 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10418 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10419 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10420 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10422 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10424 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10425 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10426 This function does not use any external programs.
10427 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10428 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10429 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10431 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10433 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10434 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10435 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10436 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10437 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10438 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10439 \(directories) is done.
10445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21686 24133 544625
10447 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10449 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10450 Handle file system monitoring event.
10451 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10453 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE COOKIE) CALLBACK)
10455 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10457 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21669 40236 816336
10463 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10465 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10466 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10468 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10469 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10470 Local Variables list.
10472 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10473 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10474 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10476 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10478 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10479 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10481 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10483 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10484 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10486 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10487 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10490 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10491 then this function adds it.
10493 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10495 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10496 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10498 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10500 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10501 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10503 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10505 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10506 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10508 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10510 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10511 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10515 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10516 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10520 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10521 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21669 40236 816336
10529 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10531 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10532 Filesets initialization.
10533 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21669 40236 816336
10541 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10542 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10544 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10545 Initiate the building of a find command.
10548 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10549 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10551 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10553 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10554 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10556 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21669 40236 816336
10562 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10564 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10565 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10566 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10568 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10570 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10571 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10573 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10575 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10576 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10577 and run Dired on those files.
10578 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10579 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10581 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10583 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10585 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10587 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10588 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10589 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10591 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10592 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10594 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10595 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10597 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21669 40236 816336
10603 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10605 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10606 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10607 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10608 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10609 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10610 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10611 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10613 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10615 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10616 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10617 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10619 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10621 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10623 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10625 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10626 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10627 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10629 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10630 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10632 Variables of interest include:
10634 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10635 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10636 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10638 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10639 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10640 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10642 - `ff-ignore-include'
10643 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10645 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10646 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10649 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10651 - `ff-special-constructs'
10652 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10653 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10654 extracting the filename from that construct.
10656 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10657 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10659 - `ff-search-directories'
10660 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10661 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10663 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10664 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10666 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10667 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10669 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10670 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10672 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10673 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10675 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10676 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10678 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10680 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10681 Visit the file you click on.
10683 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10685 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10686 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10688 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21669
10693 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
10694 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10696 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10697 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10698 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10700 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10702 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10703 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10704 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10705 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10707 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10708 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10709 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10710 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10712 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10714 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10715 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10717 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10718 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10719 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10720 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10722 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10723 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10724 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10726 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10727 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10730 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10732 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10733 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10735 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10736 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10737 places point before the definition.
10738 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10740 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10741 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10742 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10744 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10746 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10747 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10749 See `find-function' for more details.
10751 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10753 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10754 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10756 See `find-function' for more details.
10758 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10760 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10761 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10763 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10764 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10765 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10767 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10768 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10770 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10772 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10773 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10775 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10776 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10777 places point before the definition.
10779 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10781 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10782 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10783 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10785 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10787 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10788 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10790 See `find-variable' for more details.
10792 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10794 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10795 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10797 See `find-variable' for more details.
10799 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10801 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10802 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10803 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10804 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10805 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10806 buffer nor display it.
10808 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10809 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10811 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10813 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10814 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10816 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10817 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10818 places point before the definition.
10820 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10822 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10823 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10824 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10828 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10829 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10830 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10834 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10835 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10839 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10840 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10844 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10845 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21669 40236 816336
10853 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10855 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10856 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10858 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10860 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10861 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10865 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10866 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10868 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
10873 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10874 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10876 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10877 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10881 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10882 Display FILE's commentary section.
10883 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10887 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10888 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21669 40236 816336
10896 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10898 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10899 Toggle flow control handling.
10900 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10901 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10903 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10905 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10906 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10907 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10908 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10909 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10910 to get the effect of a C-q.
10912 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21669 40237
10917 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
10918 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10920 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10923 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10925 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10928 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21669 40237
10933 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
10934 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10935 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10937 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10938 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10939 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10940 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10941 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10942 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10946 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10947 Turn flymake mode on.
10951 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10952 Turn flymake mode off.
10956 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21726 16215
10964 ;;;;;; 785464 581000))
10965 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10967 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10968 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10971 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10973 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10974 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10975 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10976 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10977 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10979 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
10980 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
10981 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10984 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10985 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10986 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10987 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10990 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10993 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10994 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10995 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10997 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10999 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11002 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11003 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11007 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11008 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11012 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11013 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11017 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11018 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11022 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11023 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11025 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11027 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11028 Flyspell whole buffer.
11034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21669 40236 816336
11036 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11037 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
11042 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11044 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11045 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11049 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11050 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11054 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11055 Toggle Follow mode.
11056 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11057 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11058 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11060 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11061 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11063 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11064 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11065 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11067 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11068 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11069 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11072 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11073 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11074 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11075 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11076 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11079 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11080 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11082 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11084 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11086 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11087 \\{follow-mode-map}
11089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11091 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11092 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11094 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11095 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11096 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11097 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11098 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11099 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11101 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11102 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11103 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21669 40237
11110 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
11111 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11112 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11114 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11115 Toggle Footnote mode.
11116 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11117 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11118 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11120 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11121 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11122 play around with the following keys:
11123 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
11130 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11132 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11133 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11135 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11136 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11137 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11138 C-c < forms-first-record <
11139 C-c > forms-last-record >
11140 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11141 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11142 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11143 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11144 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11145 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11146 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11147 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11148 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11149 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11151 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11153 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11154 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11158 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11159 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21669 40237
11166 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
11167 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11169 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11170 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11171 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11173 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11174 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11176 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11179 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11181 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11183 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11184 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11185 `fortran-do-indent'
11186 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11187 `fortran-if-indent'
11188 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11189 `fortran-structure-indent'
11190 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11192 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11193 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11194 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11195 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11196 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11197 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11198 nil don't change the indentation
11199 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11201 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11202 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11203 depending on the continuation format in use.
11204 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11205 indentation for a line of code.
11207 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11208 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11209 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11210 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11211 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11212 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11213 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11214 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11215 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11216 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11218 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11219 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11220 statements (default nil).
11221 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11222 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11223 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11224 `fortran-continuation-string'
11225 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11226 line (default \"$\").
11227 `fortran-comment-region'
11228 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11229 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11230 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11231 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11232 as typed (default t).
11233 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11234 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11236 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11237 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21669 40237 316336
11245 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11247 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11248 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11250 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11251 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11253 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11255 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11256 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11258 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11259 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11261 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11263 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11264 Compile fortune file.
11266 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11267 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11269 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11271 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11272 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11274 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11275 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11276 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11277 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11279 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11281 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11282 Display a fortune cookie.
11283 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11284 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11285 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11286 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11288 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21669 40236 816336
11294 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11296 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11297 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11298 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11300 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11301 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11302 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11304 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11305 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11307 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11308 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11310 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11311 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11312 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11313 intend to modify existing values, do
11315 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11317 before changing anything.
11319 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11320 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11322 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11323 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11324 to restore the frame.
11326 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11327 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11328 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11330 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11331 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11332 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11333 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11334 FILTER A filter function.
11336 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11337 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11339 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11343 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11344 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11345 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11346 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11347 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11348 before restoring it.
11349 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11351 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11353 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11354 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11355 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11357 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11358 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11360 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11361 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11362 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11363 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11364 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11365 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11366 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11368 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11370 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11371 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11373 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11375 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11376 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11377 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11378 If nil, check all live frames.
11380 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11382 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11383 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11384 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11385 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11386 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11387 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11388 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11389 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11390 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11391 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11392 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11394 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11396 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11397 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11399 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11400 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11401 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11402 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11403 and window-state is not restored.
11405 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11406 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11408 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11409 t All existing frames can be reused.
11410 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11411 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11412 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11413 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11415 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11416 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11417 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11418 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11419 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11420 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11421 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11422 be created from that parameter alist.
11424 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11425 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11426 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11427 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11428 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11429 - the live frame just restored,
11430 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11431 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11432 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11434 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11435 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11436 nil Keep all frames.
11437 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11438 - FRAME, a live frame.
11439 - ACTION, which can be one of
11440 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11441 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11442 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11443 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11444 Return value is ignored.
11446 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11447 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11448 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11449 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11450 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11452 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11454 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11456 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11457 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11458 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11460 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11462 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11463 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11464 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11465 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11467 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11469 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21669 40237
11474 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
11475 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11476 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21669 40237
11481 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
11482 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11484 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11485 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11486 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11488 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11490 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11491 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11492 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11493 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11494 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11495 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11496 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11500 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11501 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11502 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11503 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11505 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11506 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11507 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11508 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11509 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11511 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11512 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11513 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11514 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11516 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11517 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11518 shown in some of the buffers.
11520 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11522 The following commands help control operation :
11524 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11525 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11527 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11528 detailed description of this mode.
11531 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11533 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11534 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11538 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11539 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11540 | | (comint-mode) |
11547 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11548 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11549 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11550 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11551 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11552 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11554 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21669 40236
11559 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
11560 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11562 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11563 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11564 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11565 instead (which see).")
11567 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11568 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11570 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11571 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11572 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11573 documentation string instead.
11575 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11576 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11577 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11578 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11579 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11580 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11581 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11582 enders are actually possible.
11584 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11585 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11587 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11588 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11589 `font-lock-keywords'.
11591 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11592 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11593 runs the macro expansion.
11595 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11596 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11597 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11599 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11601 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11603 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11605 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11607 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11608 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11610 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11612 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11613 Enter generic mode MODE.
11615 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11616 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11617 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11619 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11620 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11624 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11625 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11626 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11627 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11628 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11629 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11630 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11631 `font-lock-keywords'.
11633 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11635 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21669 40237
11640 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
11641 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11643 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11644 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11645 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11646 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11647 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11648 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11650 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21669 40237
11655 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
11656 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11658 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11659 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11660 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11662 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11664 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11665 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11667 Guideline for numbers:
11669 3 - non-serious error messages
11670 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11671 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11672 9 - messages inside loops.
11674 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11676 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11677 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11678 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11680 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11682 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11683 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11685 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11687 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11688 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11690 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11691 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11692 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11693 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11694 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11695 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11697 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11698 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11699 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11700 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11701 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11703 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11705 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
11710 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11711 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11712 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11713 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11715 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11716 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11720 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11722 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11723 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11724 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11725 name of an NNTP server to use.
11726 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11729 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11731 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11732 Read news as a slave.
11734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11736 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11737 Pop up a frame to read news.
11738 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11739 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11740 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11741 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11742 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11743 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11744 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11745 current display is used.
11747 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11749 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11751 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11752 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11753 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11755 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21669 40237
11760 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
11761 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11763 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11764 Start Gnus unplugged.
11768 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11769 Start Gnus plugged.
11773 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11774 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11778 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11779 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11781 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11782 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11783 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11785 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11786 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11787 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11791 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11792 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11796 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11797 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11798 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11799 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11800 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11803 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11805 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11806 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11807 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11808 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11809 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11812 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11814 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11815 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11819 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11820 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11821 downloaded into the agent.
11823 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11825 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11826 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11827 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11828 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11830 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11832 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11833 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11837 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11838 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11842 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11843 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11844 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11846 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21669 40237
11851 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
11852 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11854 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11855 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21669
11862 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
11863 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11865 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11866 Set a bookmark for this article.
11870 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11871 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11873 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11875 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11876 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11877 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11878 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11879 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21669 40237
11886 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
11887 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11889 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11890 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11893 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11897 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11898 Generate the cache active file.
11900 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11902 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11903 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11907 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11908 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11909 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11910 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11911 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11914 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11916 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11917 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11918 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11919 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11920 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11923 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21669 40237
11928 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
11929 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11931 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11932 Delay this article by some time.
11933 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11935 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11936 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11938 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11939 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11941 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11942 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11944 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11946 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11947 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11951 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11952 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11953 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11954 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11956 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11957 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11959 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21669 40237
11964 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
11965 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11967 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11970 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11972 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11975 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21669 40237
11980 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
11981 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11983 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11984 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21669 40237
11991 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
11992 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11994 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11995 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21669 40237
12002 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12003 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12005 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12006 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12010 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12011 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12015 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12016 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12018 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12019 different input formats.
12023 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12024 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12026 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12027 different input formats.
12031 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12032 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12033 The PNG is returned as a string.
12035 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12037 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12038 Convert FILE to a Face.
12039 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12042 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21669
12047 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
12048 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12050 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12051 Display gravatar in the From header.
12052 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12054 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12056 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12057 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12058 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12060 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21669 40237
12065 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12066 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12068 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12069 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12070 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12071 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12073 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12075 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12076 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12078 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21669 40237
12083 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12084 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12086 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12089 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12091 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12094 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21669 40237
12099 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12100 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12102 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12104 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12105 Run batched scoring.
12106 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21669 40237 316336
12114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12116 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12121 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12122 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12123 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12125 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12127 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12128 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12130 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12132 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21669 40237
12137 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12138 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12140 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12141 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12142 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12143 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12146 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12147 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12148 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12149 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12151 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12152 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12153 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12154 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12155 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12156 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12157 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12158 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12159 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12160 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12162 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12164 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12165 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12166 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12169 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12170 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12172 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12174 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12175 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12176 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12178 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12182 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12183 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12184 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12186 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12188 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12189 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12190 existing groups are considered.
12192 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12193 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12196 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12197 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12198 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12199 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12200 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12201 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12202 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12203 clauses will be generated.
12205 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12206 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12207 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12208 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12209 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12210 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12212 For example, given the following group parameters:
12215 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12216 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12218 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12219 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12220 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12221 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12223 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12225 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12227 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12229 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12230 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12233 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21669 40237
12238 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12239 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12241 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12242 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12243 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12244 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12245 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12248 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12250 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12253 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12255 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12256 Like `message-reply'.
12258 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12260 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12265 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 316336 766000))
12266 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12268 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12269 Send a notification on new message.
12270 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12271 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12272 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12274 This is typically a function to add in
12275 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21669 40237
12282 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12283 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12285 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12286 Display picons in the From header.
12287 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12291 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12292 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12293 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12297 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12298 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12299 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21669 40237
12306 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12307 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12309 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12310 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12311 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12312 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12314 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12316 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12317 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12318 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12321 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12323 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12324 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12325 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12327 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12329 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12332 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12334 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12335 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12336 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12338 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12340 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12341 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12342 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12344 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12346 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12348 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12349 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12350 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12352 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12354 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12355 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12356 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12358 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12360 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12361 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12362 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12364 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12366 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12367 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12369 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21669
12374 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
12375 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12377 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12378 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12382 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12383 Install the registry hooks.
12389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21669 40237
12390 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12391 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12393 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12394 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12395 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12396 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12397 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12398 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12402 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12403 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12404 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12405 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12406 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12410 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21669 40237
12418 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12419 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12421 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12422 Update the format specification near point.
12428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21669 40237
12429 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12430 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12432 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12433 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12435 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21669 40237
12440 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12441 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12443 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12444 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12445 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12447 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21669 40237
12452 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12453 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12455 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12456 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12460 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12461 Install the sync hooks.
12467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21669 40237
12468 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12469 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12471 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12472 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12474 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21669 40237 316336
12480 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12482 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12483 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12484 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12485 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12486 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12487 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12489 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12491 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21669 40237 316336
12497 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12499 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12500 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12502 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12503 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12504 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12506 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12507 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12508 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12510 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12511 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12513 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12514 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12516 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12518 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21669 40237
12523 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12524 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12526 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12528 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12529 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12530 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12531 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12532 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12534 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12536 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12537 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12538 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12540 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12541 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12543 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12544 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12547 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12549 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12550 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12551 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12552 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12553 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12557 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12558 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21669 40237
12565 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12566 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12568 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12569 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12570 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12572 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12574 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12575 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12577 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21669 40237 826337
12583 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12585 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12586 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12588 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12590 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12591 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12592 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12593 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12594 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12596 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12597 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12598 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12600 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12602 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12603 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12604 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12605 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12606 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12608 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12610 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12611 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12613 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12615 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12616 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12618 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12619 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12620 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12622 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12623 The default find program.
12624 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12627 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12628 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12629 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12630 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12632 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12633 How to invoke find and grep.
12634 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12635 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12636 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12637 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12639 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12641 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12642 History list for grep.")
12644 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12645 History list for grep-find.")
12647 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12648 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12649 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12653 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12658 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12659 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12663 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12664 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12665 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12666 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12667 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12669 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12670 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12672 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12673 can easily repeat a grep command.
12675 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12676 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12677 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12680 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12682 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12683 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12684 Collect output in a buffer.
12685 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12686 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12688 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12689 easily repeat a find command.
12691 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12693 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12695 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12696 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12697 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12698 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12699 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12701 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12702 before it is executed.
12703 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12705 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12706 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12707 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12709 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12711 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12713 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12714 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12715 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12716 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12717 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12719 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12720 before it is executed.
12721 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12723 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12724 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12725 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12726 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12728 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12730 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12731 to specify a command to run.
12733 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12735 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12736 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12737 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12738 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12740 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12742 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
12747 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12749 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12750 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12751 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12752 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12753 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12755 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21669 40237 826337
12761 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12763 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12764 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12765 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12766 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12768 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12770 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12771 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12772 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12773 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12775 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12777 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12778 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12779 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12780 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12782 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12784 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12785 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12786 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12787 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12789 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12790 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12792 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12794 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12795 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12796 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12797 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12799 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12801 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12802 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12803 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12804 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12806 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12808 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12809 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12810 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12811 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12812 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12814 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12815 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12816 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12817 original source file access method.
12819 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12820 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12822 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12824 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12825 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12829 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12830 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12831 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12832 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12833 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12834 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12836 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12838 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12839 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12840 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12841 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12842 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21669 40236 816336
12850 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12852 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12853 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12854 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12855 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12856 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12857 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12858 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12860 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12862 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12864 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12865 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12866 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12868 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12869 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12870 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12872 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12873 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12875 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12877 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12879 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12880 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12881 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12882 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12883 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12885 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12887 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12889 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12892 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12894 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12896 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12898 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12899 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12900 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12901 well for simple place forms.
12902 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12903 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12904 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12905 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12906 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12907 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12908 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12910 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12912 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12914 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12915 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12916 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12917 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12918 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12920 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12921 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12923 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12925 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12927 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12929 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12930 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12931 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12932 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12933 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12934 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12936 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12938 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12940 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12941 Return a reference to PLACE.
12942 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12943 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12944 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12947 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21669 40237
12952 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12953 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12955 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12956 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12957 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12958 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12960 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12961 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12962 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12963 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21607 56025 301574
12971 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12973 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12974 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12976 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12978 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12979 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12980 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12981 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12983 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12987 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12988 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12989 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12990 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21669 40237
12998 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12999 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13001 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13002 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13006 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13007 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13008 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13012 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13013 Verify a hashcash payment
13015 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13017 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13018 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13019 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13020 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13021 `mail-add-payment-async').
13023 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13025 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13026 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13027 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13028 Calculation is asynchronous.
13030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13032 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13033 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13034 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21669 40237 316336
13042 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13044 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13045 Return the help-echo string at point.
13046 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13047 property, or nil, is returned.
13048 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13049 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13050 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13052 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13054 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13055 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13056 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13057 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13058 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13062 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13063 Display local help in the echo area.
13064 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13065 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13066 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13069 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13070 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13071 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13075 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13076 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13077 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13081 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13082 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13083 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13087 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13088 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13089 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13090 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13091 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13092 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13093 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13094 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13095 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13096 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13097 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13099 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13100 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13101 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13102 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13103 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13105 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13106 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13107 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13108 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13109 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13110 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13111 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13112 The default is `never'.")
13114 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13116 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13117 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13118 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13119 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13120 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13121 considered different regions.
13123 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13124 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13125 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13126 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13127 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13128 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13129 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13130 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13131 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13133 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13135 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13136 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13137 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13138 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13141 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13142 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13143 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13144 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13145 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13146 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13147 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13148 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13150 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13151 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13152 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13153 rarely happens in practice.
13155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13157 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13158 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13159 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13160 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13161 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13162 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21669 40237 316336
13170 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13172 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13173 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13175 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13177 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13178 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13179 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13181 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13183 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13184 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13185 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13186 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13187 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13188 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13189 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13190 search for a function definition.
13192 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13193 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13194 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13195 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13196 suitable file is found, return nil.
13198 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13200 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13203 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13205 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13206 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13207 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13208 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13210 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13212 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13213 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13214 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13215 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13216 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13217 it is displayed along with the global value.
13219 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13221 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13222 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13223 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13224 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13226 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13228 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13229 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13230 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13231 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13232 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13234 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13236 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13237 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13241 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13242 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21669 40237 316336
13250 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13252 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13253 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13254 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13255 window listing and describing the options.
13256 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13257 gives the window that lists the options.")
13259 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21669 40237 316336
13265 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13267 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13268 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13269 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13275 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13280 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13285 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13286 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13288 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13289 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13290 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13291 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13293 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13294 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13295 restore it properly when going back.
13297 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13299 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13300 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13301 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13302 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13304 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13305 it does not already exist.
13309 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13310 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13312 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13313 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13314 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13315 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13316 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13317 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13318 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13319 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13321 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13322 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13323 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13324 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13326 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13327 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13330 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13332 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13333 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13334 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13335 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13336 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13337 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13339 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13341 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13342 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13343 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13344 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13345 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13347 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13349 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13350 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13352 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13354 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13355 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13356 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13357 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13359 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21669 40236
13364 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
13365 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13367 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13368 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13372 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13373 Provide help for current mode.
13379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
13380 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13382 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13383 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13384 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13385 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13386 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13388 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13389 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13391 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13392 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13393 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13394 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13396 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13397 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13400 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13405 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13406 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13407 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13408 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13409 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13410 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13411 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13412 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13413 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13414 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13415 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13416 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13417 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13418 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13419 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13421 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13422 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13423 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13425 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13428 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13430 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13431 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13432 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13434 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13435 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13436 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13438 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13439 into the buffer at the current point.
13441 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13442 into the buffer at the current point.
13444 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13445 into the buffer at the current point.
13447 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13449 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13450 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13452 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13454 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13458 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13459 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13460 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13461 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13463 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13465 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13466 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13467 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21669 40237 316336
13475 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13477 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13478 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13479 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13480 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13481 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13483 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13484 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13485 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13486 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13488 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13489 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13490 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13491 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13493 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13494 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13495 which can be called interactively, are:
13497 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13498 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13500 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13501 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13502 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13503 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13505 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13506 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13508 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13509 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13510 available face automatically.
13512 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13513 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13515 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13516 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13517 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13518 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13519 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13520 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13521 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13522 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13523 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13524 function returns t.
13526 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13527 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13529 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13530 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13534 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13535 position (number of characters into buffer)
13536 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13537 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13538 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13542 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13543 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13544 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13545 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13546 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13547 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13549 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13551 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13552 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13553 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13554 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13555 ARG is omitted or nil.
13557 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13558 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13559 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13563 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13565 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13566 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13567 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13568 Use the global history list for FACE.
13570 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13571 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13572 highlighting will not update as you type.
13574 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13576 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13578 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13579 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13580 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13581 Use the global history list for FACE.
13583 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13584 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13585 highlighting will not update as you type.
13587 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13589 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13591 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13592 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13593 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13594 Use the global history list for FACE.
13596 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13597 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13598 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13600 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13601 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13602 highlighting will not update as you type.
13604 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13606 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13608 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13609 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13610 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13611 unless you use a prefix argument.
13612 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13614 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13615 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13619 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13621 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13622 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13623 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13624 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13625 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13626 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13628 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13630 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13631 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13633 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13634 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13635 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21669 40237
13642 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
13643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13645 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13646 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13647 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13648 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13649 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13651 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13652 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13653 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13654 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13657 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13658 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13661 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13662 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13663 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13664 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13665 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13668 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13669 #endif lines when hiding.
13671 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13672 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13675 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13676 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13677 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13679 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21669 40237
13686 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
13687 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13689 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13690 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13691 Each element has the form
13692 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13694 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13695 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13697 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13698 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13700 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13701 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13702 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13703 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13704 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13705 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13707 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13708 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13710 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13711 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13713 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13714 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13715 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13717 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13718 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13719 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13720 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13721 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13723 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13724 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13725 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13727 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13728 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13729 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13731 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13732 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13734 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13737 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13741 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13742 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21669 40237 316336
13750 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13752 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13753 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13754 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13755 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13756 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13758 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13759 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13760 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13763 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13764 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13765 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13766 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13767 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13768 through various faces.
13769 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13770 buffer with the contents of a file
13771 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13775 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13776 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13777 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13778 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13779 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13781 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13782 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13783 in a distinctive face.
13785 The default value can be customized with variable
13786 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13788 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13790 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13792 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13793 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13794 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13796 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13798 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13799 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13803 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13804 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13808 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13809 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13811 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13812 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13813 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13814 shown in the last face in the list.
13816 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13817 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13818 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13820 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13824 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13825 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13827 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13829 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13832 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13833 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13835 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13836 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13837 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13839 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13841 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13842 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13844 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13845 this function is called interactively.
13847 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13848 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13849 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13851 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13852 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13853 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13855 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13857 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13858 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13859 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13860 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13861 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13862 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13864 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13866 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13867 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13868 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13869 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13870 ARG is omitted or nil.
13872 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13873 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13874 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21669 40237 316336
13882 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13883 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13885 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13886 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13887 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13888 or insert functions in this list.")
13890 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13892 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13893 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13894 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13895 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13896 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13898 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13899 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13900 undoes the expansion.
13904 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13905 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13906 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13907 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13909 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21669 40237 316336
13915 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13917 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13918 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13919 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13920 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13921 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13923 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13924 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13925 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13926 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13927 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13928 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13930 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13931 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13932 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13933 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13937 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13938 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13939 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13940 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13941 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13942 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13944 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13946 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13947 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13948 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13949 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13950 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13952 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13953 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13956 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13957 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21669 40236
13964 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
13965 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13967 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13969 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13970 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13971 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13973 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13975 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13977 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13979 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13981 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13983 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13985 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13987 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13989 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13991 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13993 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13995 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13997 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13999 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14000 User defined holidays.
14001 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14003 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14005 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14007 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14008 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14010 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14012 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14013 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14015 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14017 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14018 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14020 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14022 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14023 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14025 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14027 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14029 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14031 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14033 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14035 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14037 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14039 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14040 Christian holidays.
14041 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14043 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14045 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14047 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14049 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14051 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14053 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14055 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14057 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14059 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14061 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14063 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14065 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14067 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14069 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14070 Sun-related holidays.
14071 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14073 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14075 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14077 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14079 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14080 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14081 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14082 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14086 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14087 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14088 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14089 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14090 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14092 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14093 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14095 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14096 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14098 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14099 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14100 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14101 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14104 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14106 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14108 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21669 40237
14113 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
14114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14116 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14117 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21670 36217
14124 ;;;;;; 165621 979000))
14125 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14126 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14128 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14129 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14130 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14131 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14134 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14135 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14138 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14139 characters such as ^L (
\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14141 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14142 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14143 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14145 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14147 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14148 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14149 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14151 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14153 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21669 40237 316336
14159 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14161 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14162 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14164 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14165 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14166 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14168 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14169 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14170 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14171 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14172 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14173 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14175 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14176 title of the column.
14178 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14179 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14180 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14181 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14182 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14184 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14186 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14187 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14188 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14189 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14190 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14192 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14193 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14194 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14196 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14198 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14199 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14200 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14201 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14202 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14203 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14205 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14206 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14207 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14208 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14209 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14210 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14211 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14212 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14214 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14215 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14216 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14217 buffer's modification flag.
14218 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14219 prompted before performing this operation.
14220 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14221 operation is complete, in the form:
14222 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14223 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14224 confirmation message, in the form:
14225 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14226 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14227 macro for exactly what it does.
14229 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14231 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14232 Define a filter named NAME.
14233 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14234 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14235 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14237 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14238 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14239 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14240 bound to the current value of the filter.
14242 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21670 36217 165621
14248 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14250 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14251 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14252 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14253 buffers which are visiting a file.
14255 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14257 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14258 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14259 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14260 buffers which are visiting a file.
14262 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14264 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14265 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14266 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14268 All arguments are optional.
14269 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14270 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14271 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14272 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14273 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14274 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14275 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14276 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14277 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14278 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14279 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14280 that value locally in this buffer.
14282 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21669
14287 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
14288 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14289 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14291 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14292 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14293 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14294 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14296 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14298 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14299 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14300 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14301 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14303 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14304 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14305 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14307 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14309 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14310 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14311 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14312 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14313 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14314 non-marking or not.
14316 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14318 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14319 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14321 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14322 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14325 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14326 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14327 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14329 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14332 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14333 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14334 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14336 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21669 40237 316336
14342 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14344 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14345 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14346 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14347 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14348 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14349 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14351 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14353 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14354 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14355 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14356 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14357 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14359 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14360 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14361 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14362 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14364 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14365 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14367 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14370 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21669 40237 826337
14378 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14380 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14381 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14382 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14383 Tab indents for Icon code.
14384 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14385 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14387 Variables controlling indentation style:
14388 icon-tab-always-indent
14389 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14390 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14392 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14393 inserted in Icon code.
14395 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14396 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14397 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14398 icon-continued-statement-offset
14399 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14400 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14401 icon-continued-brace-offset
14402 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14403 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14405 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14406 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14407 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14408 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14410 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14411 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21669
14418 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
14419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14421 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14422 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14423 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14424 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14426 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14427 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14430 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14431 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14433 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14434 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14435 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14437 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14439 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21669 40237
14444 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
14445 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14446 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14448 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14449 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14451 The main features of this mode are
14453 1. Indentation and Formatting
14454 --------------------------
14455 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14456 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14458 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14459 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14460 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14461 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14463 Comments are indented as follows:
14465 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14466 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14467 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14469 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14471 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14472 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14473 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14474 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14475 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14476 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14478 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14479 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14480 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14481 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14485 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14486 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14487 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14488 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14489 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14490 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14491 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14492 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14493 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14494 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14499 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14500 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14501 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14502 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14506 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14507 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14508 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14509 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14510 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14513 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14514 --------------------------------
14515 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14516 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14518 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14519 \\fu FUNCTION template
14520 \\c CASE statement template
14521 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14522 \\f FOR loop template
14523 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14524 \\w WHILE loop template
14525 \\i IF statement template
14526 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14529 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14530 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14532 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14533 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14534 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14535 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14537 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14538 -------------------------
14539 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14540 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14542 7. Automatic END completion
14543 ------------------------
14544 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14545 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14549 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14550 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14552 9. Documentation and Customization
14553 -------------------------------
14554 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14555 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14556 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14557 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14558 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14559 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14563 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14564 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14565 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14567 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
14574 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14576 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14577 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14578 The following values are possible:
14579 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14581 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14582 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14583 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14585 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14586 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14588 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14590 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14591 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14592 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14593 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14594 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14595 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14596 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14597 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14598 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14602 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14603 Switch to another buffer.
14604 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14605 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14608 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14609 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14610 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14611 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14612 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14614 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14615 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14617 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14619 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14620 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14621 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14622 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14623 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14624 in a separate window.
14625 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14626 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14627 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14628 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14629 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14630 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14631 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14632 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14633 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14637 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14638 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14639 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14640 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14644 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14645 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14646 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14647 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14651 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14653 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14654 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14658 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14659 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14660 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14661 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14665 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14666 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14667 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14668 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14672 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14673 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14677 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14678 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14679 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14680 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14683 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14684 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14685 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14686 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14687 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14688 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14690 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14691 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14693 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14695 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14696 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14697 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14698 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14699 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14700 in a separate window.
14701 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14702 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14703 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14704 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14705 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14706 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14707 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14708 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14709 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14710 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14711 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14712 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14713 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14714 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14715 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14716 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14717 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14718 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14722 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14723 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14724 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14725 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14729 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14730 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14731 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14732 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14736 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14737 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14738 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14739 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14743 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14744 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14745 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14746 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14750 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14751 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14752 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14753 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14757 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14758 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14759 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14760 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14764 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14765 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14766 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14767 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14771 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14772 Write current buffer to a file.
14773 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14774 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14778 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14779 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14780 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14781 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14785 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14786 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14787 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14788 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14792 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14793 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14794 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14795 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14796 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14797 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14799 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14801 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14802 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14803 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14804 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14806 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14808 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14809 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14810 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14811 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14813 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14815 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14816 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14817 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14818 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14819 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14820 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14821 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14822 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14823 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14824 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14825 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14826 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14827 with point positioned at the end.
14828 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14829 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14831 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
14836 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14838 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14839 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14840 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14841 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
14848 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14850 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14852 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14853 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14854 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14855 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14856 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14857 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
14864 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14866 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14867 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14868 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14871 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14873 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14874 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14875 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14880 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14881 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14882 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14885 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14887 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14888 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14889 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14892 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14894 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14895 Determine and return image type.
14896 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14897 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14898 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14899 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14900 use its file extension as image type.
14901 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14903 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14905 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14906 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14907 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14909 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14911 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14912 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14913 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14915 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14916 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14917 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14918 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14923 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14925 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14926 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14927 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14928 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14929 use its file extension as image type.
14930 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14931 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14932 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14933 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14935 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14937 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14938 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14939 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14941 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14943 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14944 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14945 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14946 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14947 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14948 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14949 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14950 POS may be an integer or marker.
14951 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14952 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14953 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14954 means display it in the right marginal area.
14956 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14958 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14959 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14960 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14961 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14962 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14963 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14964 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14965 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14966 means display it in the right marginal area.
14967 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14968 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14969 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14970 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14971 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14973 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14975 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14976 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14977 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14978 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14979 STRING is a single space.
14980 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14981 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14982 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14983 means display it in the right marginal area.
14984 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14986 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14988 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14989 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14990 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14991 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14993 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14995 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14996 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14998 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15000 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15001 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15002 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15003 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15004 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15005 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15006 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15007 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15010 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15012 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15014 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15016 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15017 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15019 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15020 documentation string.
15022 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15023 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15024 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15025 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15026 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15027 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15028 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15033 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15034 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15036 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15038 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15040 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15041 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15042 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15043 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15045 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15046 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15047 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15048 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15050 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21669 40237
15057 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
15058 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15059 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15061 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15062 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15063 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15064 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15065 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15066 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15070 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15071 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15073 Convenience command that:
15075 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15076 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15077 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15079 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15080 image files in dired and type
15081 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15083 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15085 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15086 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15088 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15090 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15091 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15092 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15093 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15094 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15097 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15098 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15099 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15101 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15102 instead of erasing it first.
15104 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15105 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15106 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15107 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15108 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15109 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15111 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15113 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15114 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15115 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15116 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15121 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15123 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15125 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15126 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15130 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15131 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15132 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15136 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15137 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15141 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15142 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15143 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15144 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15148 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15149 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15153 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15154 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15158 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15159 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15163 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15164 Display current image file.
15165 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15166 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15170 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15171 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15175 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15176 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15177 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15178 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15179 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15180 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15181 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15185 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15186 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15187 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21669 40237 316336
15196 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15198 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15199 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15200 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15201 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15203 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15204 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15205 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15206 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15208 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15210 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15211 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15212 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15213 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15215 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15216 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15217 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15218 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15220 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15222 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15223 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15227 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15228 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15229 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15230 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15232 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15234 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15235 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15236 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15237 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15238 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15239 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15241 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15243 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15244 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15245 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15246 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15247 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15249 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15250 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15251 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15253 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21669 40237 316336
15259 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15261 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15262 Major mode for image files.
15263 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15264 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15271 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15272 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15273 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15274 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15275 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15277 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15278 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15281 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15283 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15284 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15285 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15286 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15287 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15288 to display an image file as the actual image.
15290 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15291 to display an image file as text initially.
15293 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15298 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15301 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
15306 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15308 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15309 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15311 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15313 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15314 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15317 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15319 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15320 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15321 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15323 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15325 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15326 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15327 Each element of this list should have the form
15329 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15331 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15332 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15333 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15335 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15336 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15337 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15338 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15340 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15341 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15343 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15344 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15345 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15348 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15349 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15350 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15352 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15353 create a buffer index.
15355 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15356 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15357 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15358 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15359 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15361 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15363 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15364 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15366 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15367 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15368 called within a `save-excursion'.
15370 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15372 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15374 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15375 Function for finding the next index position.
15377 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15378 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15379 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15382 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15383 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15385 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15387 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15388 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15390 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15391 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15392 It should return the name for that index item.")
15394 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15396 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15397 Function to compare string with index item.
15399 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15400 non-nil if they match.
15402 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15403 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15404 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15405 arguments match\".")
15407 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15409 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15410 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15411 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15413 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15414 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15416 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15418 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15420 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15421 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15422 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15423 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15427 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15428 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15430 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15434 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15435 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15436 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15437 for more information.
15439 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21669 40237
15444 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
15445 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15447 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15448 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15450 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15452 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15455 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15457 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15460 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15462 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15465 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15467 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15468 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15470 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21669 40237
15475 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
15476 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15478 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15479 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15480 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15482 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15483 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15484 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15485 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15489 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
15494 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15496 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15497 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15498 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15499 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15500 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15501 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15502 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15503 first in this list.
15505 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15506 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15507 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15508 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15509 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15511 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15512 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15513 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15515 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15516 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15518 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15519 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15521 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15522 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15523 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15524 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15525 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15526 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15527 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15528 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15529 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15530 with the top-level Info directory.
15532 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15533 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15535 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15537 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15538 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15539 in all the directories in that path.
15541 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15543 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15545 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15546 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15550 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15551 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15555 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15556 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15557 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15558 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15562 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15563 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15564 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15565 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15567 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15569 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15570 Go to the Info directory node.
15574 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15575 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15576 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15577 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15578 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15579 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15581 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15583 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15584 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15585 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15587 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15589 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15590 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15591 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15592 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15593 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15595 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15597 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15598 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15599 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15600 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15601 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15603 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15604 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15606 Selecting other nodes:
15607 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15608 Follow a node reference you click on.
15609 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15610 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15611 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15612 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15613 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15614 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15615 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15616 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15617 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15618 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15619 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15620 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15621 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15622 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15623 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15624 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15625 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15626 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15627 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15628 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15630 Moving within a node:
15631 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15632 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15633 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15634 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15635 move up to the parent node.
15636 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15637 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15639 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15642 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15643 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15644 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15645 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15646 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15647 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15648 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15649 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15650 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15651 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15652 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15653 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15654 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15655 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15656 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15657 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15660 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15662 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15663 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15664 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15665 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15666 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15667 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15669 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15670 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15672 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15673 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15675 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15676 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15677 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15678 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15682 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15683 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15684 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15688 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15689 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15690 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15692 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15694 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15695 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15696 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15697 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15699 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21669 40237 316336
15705 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15707 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15708 Throw away all cached data.
15709 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15710 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15714 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15716 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15717 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15718 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15719 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15720 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15721 one found at point.
15723 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15725 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15726 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15728 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15729 Display the documentation of a file.
15730 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15731 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15732 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15733 The default file name is the one found at point.
15735 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15737 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15739 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15740 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15742 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15744 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15745 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15747 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21669 40237 316336
15753 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15754 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15756 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15757 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15758 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15759 current info file is the default.
15761 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15762 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15763 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15764 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15765 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15767 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15768 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15769 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15770 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15771 mistake in the reference.
15773 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15774 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15775 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15777 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15778 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15779 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15780 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15782 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15784 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15785 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15786 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15787 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15790 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15791 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15792 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15793 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15794 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15795 should be harmless.
15799 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15800 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15801 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15802 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15804 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15805 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15806 and can take a long time.
15810 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15811 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15812 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15814 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15816 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15817 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15819 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15820 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15821 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15822 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15825 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15826 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15827 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15828 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15831 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21669 40237 316336
15837 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15839 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15840 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15842 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15844 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15845 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15847 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15849 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15850 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15851 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15852 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15854 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15855 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15856 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15858 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15859 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15860 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15861 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15865 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15866 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15867 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15871 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15872 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15873 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15874 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15875 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21669 40236
15882 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
15883 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15884 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15886 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15887 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15888 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15890 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21669
15895 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
15896 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15898 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15899 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15903 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15904 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15908 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15911 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21669 40237 316336
15917 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15918 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15920 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15921 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15922 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15923 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15924 accessed via isearchb.
15930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21669
15931 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
15932 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15934 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15935 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15936 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15937 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15938 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15940 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15942 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15943 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15944 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15945 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15946 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15948 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15950 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15951 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15952 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15953 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15954 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15956 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15958 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15959 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15960 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15961 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15962 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15964 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15966 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15967 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15968 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15969 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15970 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15972 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15974 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15975 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15976 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15977 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15978 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15980 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15982 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15983 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15984 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15985 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15986 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15988 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15990 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15991 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15992 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15993 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15995 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15997 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15998 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15999 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16000 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16002 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16004 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16005 Warn that format is read-only.
16007 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16009 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16010 Warn that format is write-only.
16012 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16014 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16015 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16022 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 316336 766000))
16023 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16024 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16025 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21669 40237
16030 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
16031 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16033 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16035 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16036 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16037 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16038 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16039 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16041 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16043 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16045 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16046 Key map for ispell menu.")
16048 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16049 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16050 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16051 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16053 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16055 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16057 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16059 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16061 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16062 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16063 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16064 Valid forms include:
16065 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16066 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16067 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16068 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16070 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16071 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16072 First list is used raw.
16073 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16075 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16076 for skipping in latex mode.")
16078 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16079 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16080 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16081 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16082 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16083 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16084 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16086 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16087 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16088 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16089 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16091 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16092 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16093 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16094 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16095 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16097 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16098 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16100 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16101 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16103 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16104 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16106 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16107 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16110 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16111 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16112 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16113 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16114 quit spell session exited.
16116 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16118 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16119 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16120 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16122 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16124 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16125 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16129 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16130 SPC: Accept word this time.
16131 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16132 `a': Accept word for this session.
16133 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16134 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16135 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16136 `?': Show these commands.
16137 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16138 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16139 the aborted check to be completed later.
16140 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16141 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16142 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16143 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16144 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16145 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16146 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16150 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16151 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16152 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16153 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16155 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16157 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16158 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16159 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16160 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16162 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16164 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16166 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16167 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16168 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16169 amount for last line processed.
16171 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16173 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16174 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16178 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16179 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16183 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16184 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16185 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16187 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16189 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16190 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16194 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16195 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16196 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16197 sequence inside of a word.
16199 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16201 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16203 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16204 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16208 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16209 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16210 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16211 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16213 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16214 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16215 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16216 available on the net.
16220 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16221 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16222 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16223 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16224 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16226 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16227 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16230 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16231 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16234 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16235 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16237 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16239 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16240 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16241 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16242 Don't check included messages.
16244 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16245 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16246 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16248 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16250 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16251 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16252 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16253 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16255 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16256 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16257 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21669
16264 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
16265 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16267 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16272 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16273 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16274 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16275 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16276 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16277 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16278 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16279 necessary to represent OBJ.
16281 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16283 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16284 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16285 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16286 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16288 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16290 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16291 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16292 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16293 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16294 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16296 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16298 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16299 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16300 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16301 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16303 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16305 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16306 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16307 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16308 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16310 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16312 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16313 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16315 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16317 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16318 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16319 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16320 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16321 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16323 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16325 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16326 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16327 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16328 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16329 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16331 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16333 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16334 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16335 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16337 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21669 40237 316336
16343 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16345 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16346 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16347 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16348 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16350 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16353 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16355 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16356 Uninstall jka-compr.
16357 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16358 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16359 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21669 40237 826337
16367 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16368 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16370 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16371 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16374 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
16379 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16380 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21669 40236
16385 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
16386 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16388 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16389 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16390 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16391 decimal key must be specified.")
16393 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16395 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16396 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16397 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16398 decimal key must be specified.")
16400 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16402 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16403 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16404 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16405 decimal key must be specified.")
16407 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16409 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16410 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16411 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16412 decimal key must be specified.")
16414 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16416 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16417 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16418 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16419 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16420 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16424 -------------------------------------------------------------
16425 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16426 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16427 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16428 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16429 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16430 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16431 in the global and local keymaps.
16433 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16434 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16436 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21669
16441 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
16442 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16444 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16445 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16446 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16448 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16449 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16450 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16451 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16454 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16455 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16456 the context of text formatting.
16458 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21669 40237 316336
16464 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16466 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16467 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16468 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16469 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16470 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16471 positions that contains the current selection.")
16473 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16474 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16475 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16476 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16477 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16478 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16479 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16481 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
16486 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16487 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16488 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16489 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16490 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16491 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16492 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16493 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16495 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16496 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16497 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16499 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16501 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16502 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16503 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16504 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16505 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16507 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16509 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16510 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16511 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16513 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16514 defining the macro.
16516 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16517 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16518 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16520 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16521 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16525 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16526 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16527 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16528 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16529 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16532 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16533 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16534 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16538 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16539 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16540 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16541 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16543 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16544 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16545 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16546 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16548 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16549 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16551 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16553 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16554 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16555 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16557 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16560 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16561 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16563 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16564 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16565 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16567 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16568 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16572 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16573 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16574 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16575 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16577 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16579 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16580 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16581 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16582 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16584 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16585 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16587 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16589 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16590 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16591 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16593 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21669
16598 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
16599 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16601 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16602 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16603 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16605 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21669 40237
16613 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
16614 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16616 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16618 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16619 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16623 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16624 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16625 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16626 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16628 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16629 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16630 none / 1 | yes | no
16635 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16636 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16637 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21669 40237
16644 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
16645 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16647 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16650 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16652 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16653 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16654 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16655 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16656 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16657 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16659 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16660 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16662 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16664 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16665 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16667 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16669 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16672 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16674 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16677 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21669
16682 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
16683 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16685 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16686 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16687 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16688 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16690 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16692 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16693 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16694 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16696 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16698 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16699 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16700 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16704 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16705 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16706 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16707 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16709 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16714 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 316336 766000))
16715 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16717 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16718 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16719 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16720 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16721 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16722 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16723 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16724 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16726 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16727 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16729 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16730 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16732 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16734 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16735 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16736 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16737 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16738 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16739 `latin1-display-setup'.
16741 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16743 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16744 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16745 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16746 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16748 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16749 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16751 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21669
16756 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
16757 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16759 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16760 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
16767 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16769 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16770 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16771 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16772 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16773 generations (this defaults to 1).
16775 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
16780 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16781 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16783 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16784 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16785 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16786 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16787 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16789 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16793 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16794 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16795 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16796 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16797 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16798 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16800 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16802 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16803 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16804 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16805 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16806 ARG is omitted or nil.
16808 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16809 `linum-on' would do it.
16810 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21669 40237 316336
16818 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16820 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16821 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16822 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16823 is nil, raise an error.
16825 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16826 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16827 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16828 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16829 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16830 defined by the library.
16832 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16833 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16834 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16835 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16836 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16839 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16840 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16841 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16842 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16844 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
16849 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16851 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16852 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16853 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16855 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16857 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16858 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16859 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16860 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16862 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16863 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16864 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16865 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16866 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16867 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16870 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16871 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16873 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16874 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16876 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16877 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16879 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16881 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16882 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16883 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16884 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16885 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16886 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16887 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16888 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16889 to constrain a big search.
16891 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16893 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16894 except that FILTER is not optional.
16896 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21669 40237 826337
16902 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16904 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16905 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16906 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16907 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16908 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16909 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16910 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16911 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16912 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16913 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16915 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16916 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16918 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16919 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16920 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16921 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16922 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16924 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16925 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16926 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16928 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21669 40237 826337
16934 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16936 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16937 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
16944 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16946 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16947 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16949 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16950 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16952 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16953 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16954 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16956 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16957 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16959 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16960 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16961 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16962 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16963 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16964 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16965 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16967 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16969 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16970 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16971 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16972 switch on this list.
16973 See `lpr-command'.")
16975 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16977 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16978 Name of program for printing a file.
16980 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16981 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16982 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16983 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16984 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16985 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16988 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16990 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16991 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16992 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16993 for customization of the printer command.
16997 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16998 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17000 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17001 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17002 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17003 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17005 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17006 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17008 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17009 for further customization of the printer command.
17013 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17014 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17015 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17016 for customization of the printer command.
17018 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17020 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17021 Paginate and print the region contents.
17023 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17024 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17025 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17026 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17028 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17029 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17031 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17032 for further customization of the printer command.
17034 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21669 40237 316336
17040 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17042 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17043 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17044 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17046 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21669 40236 816336
17052 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17054 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17055 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17056 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17057 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17061 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21669 40237
17066 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
17067 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17069 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17070 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
17077 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17079 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17080 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17081 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17082 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17083 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17085 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17087 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17088 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17089 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17090 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17091 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17093 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17094 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17095 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17096 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17099 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17100 use this command, and then save the file.
17102 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17104 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17105 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17106 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17107 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17108 each time the macro executes.
17109 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17110 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17111 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17112 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17113 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17114 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17115 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17119 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17120 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17121 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17122 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17124 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17125 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17126 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17129 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17130 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17132 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17133 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17134 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17135 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17136 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17138 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17141 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17142 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17143 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17145 You could enter the names in this format:
17151 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17154 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17157 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17158 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17160 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17161 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21669 40237
17166 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
17167 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17169 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17170 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17171 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17172 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17173 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17174 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17176 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17177 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17178 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17179 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17180 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17182 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17183 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17184 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17187 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17189 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17190 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17192 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21669 40237
17197 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
17198 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17200 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17201 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17205 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17210 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17211 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17213 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17215 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17216 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17217 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17220 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21669 40237
17227 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
17228 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17230 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17231 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17232 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17233 often correct parser.")
17235 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17237 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17238 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17239 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17240 a value which excludes your own email address.
17242 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17243 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17245 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17247 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17248 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17250 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17252 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17253 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17254 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17255 we return it unconverted.
17257 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17258 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17260 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17262 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17263 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17264 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17265 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17267 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17269 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17270 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17271 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17272 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17274 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17276 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17277 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17278 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17279 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17280 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17281 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17282 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17283 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17284 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17287 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17289 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17290 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17291 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17292 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17293 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17294 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17295 matches may be returned from the message body.
17297 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21669 40237
17302 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
17303 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17305 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17306 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17307 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17308 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17309 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17310 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17312 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17314 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17315 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17316 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17317 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17318 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17320 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17321 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17322 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17323 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17327 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17328 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17332 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17333 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17334 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17336 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17338 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17339 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17340 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17342 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17343 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17344 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17347 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21669 40237
17352 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
17353 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17355 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17356 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17357 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17359 If `parens', they look like:
17360 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17361 If `angles', they look like:
17362 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17364 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17366 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17367 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17368 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17369 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17370 their `Resent-' variants.
17372 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17373 removed from alias expansions.
17375 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17377 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17378 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17379 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17381 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17382 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17383 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17384 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17386 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17388 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17389 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17390 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17394 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17395 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17396 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17397 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17401 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21669 40237
17406 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
17407 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17409 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17410 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17411 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17412 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21669
17419 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
17420 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17422 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17423 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17425 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17426 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17427 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17428 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17429 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17430 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17432 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17433 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17434 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17435 dependency, despite the colon.
17437 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17439 In the browser, use the following keys:
17441 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17443 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17445 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17446 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17448 `makefile-target-colon':
17449 The string that gets appended to all target names
17450 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17451 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17453 `makefile-macro-assign':
17454 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17455 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17456 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17457 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17458 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17459 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17461 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17462 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17463 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17465 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17466 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17468 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17469 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17470 up or down in the browser.
17472 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17473 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17475 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17476 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17478 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17479 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17480 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17481 has been selected in the browser.
17483 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17484 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17485 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17486 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17487 filenames are omitted.
17489 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17490 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17491 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17492 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17493 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17494 the backslash itself intact.
17495 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17496 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17498 `makefile-browser-hook':
17499 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17500 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17502 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17503 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17504 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17505 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17509 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17510 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17514 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17515 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17519 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17520 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17524 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17525 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17529 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17530 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21669 40237 316336
17538 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17540 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17541 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17542 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
17549 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17551 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17553 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17554 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17555 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17556 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17557 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17558 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17559 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17560 page, it will display immediately.
17562 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17563 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17564 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17569 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17570 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17571 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17572 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17576 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17577 otherwise look like a page name.
17582 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17583 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17584 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17588 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17590 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17591 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17593 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17595 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17596 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17598 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
17603 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17604 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17606 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17607 Toggle Master mode.
17608 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17609 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17610 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17612 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17613 using the following commands:
17615 \\{master-mode-map}
17617 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17618 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17619 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21669 40237 316336
17627 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17629 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17630 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17631 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17632 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17633 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17634 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17636 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17638 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17639 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17640 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17641 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17642 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17644 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17645 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17646 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17647 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
17654 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17655 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21706 9418 86773
17661 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17663 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17665 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17666 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17667 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17668 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17669 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17670 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17671 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17672 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17673 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17674 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17675 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17676 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17677 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17678 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17679 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17680 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17681 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17682 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17683 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17684 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17685 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17686 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17687 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17688 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17689 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17690 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17691 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17692 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17693 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17694 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17695 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17696 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17697 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17698 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17699 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17700 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17701 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17702 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17706 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17707 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17708 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17709 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17710 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17712 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17714 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17715 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17717 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17719 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17720 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17722 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17724 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17725 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17727 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17729 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17730 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17731 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17733 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17735 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17736 Cancel an article you posted.
17737 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17741 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17742 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17743 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17744 header line with the old Message-ID.
17748 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17749 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17753 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17754 Forward the current message via mail.
17755 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17756 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17758 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17760 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17763 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17765 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17768 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17770 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17771 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17775 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17776 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17778 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17780 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17781 Re-mail the current message.
17782 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17783 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17788 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17789 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17791 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17793 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17794 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17796 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17798 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17799 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17801 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17803 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17804 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17806 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17808 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17809 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17810 Works by overstriking characters.
17811 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17812 which specify the range to operate on.
17814 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17816 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17817 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17818 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17819 which specify the range to operate on.
17821 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21669
17826 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
17827 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17828 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17830 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17831 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17835 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17836 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21669 40237
17843 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
17844 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17846 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17847 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17848 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17852 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17853 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17854 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17855 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17856 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17857 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17858 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17860 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17862 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17863 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17864 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17865 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17866 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17868 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17869 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17871 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17873 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17874 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17875 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17876 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17877 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17879 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17880 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17882 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21669 40237 316336
17888 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17890 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17891 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17892 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17896 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17897 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17898 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17902 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17903 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17905 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17906 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17907 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17909 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17910 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17912 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17913 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17915 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17917 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17919 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17920 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17921 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17922 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17923 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17926 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17927 initial Subject field, respectively.
17929 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17930 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17933 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17934 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17936 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17938 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17939 Save draft and send message.
17941 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17942 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17943 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17946 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17947 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17948 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17950 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17951 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17952 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17953 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17954 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17955 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17957 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17958 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17960 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17961 message and scan line.
17963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17965 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17966 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17968 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17969 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17970 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17971 delete the draft message.
17977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
17978 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17979 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
17981 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17983 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17985 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17987 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17988 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21669 40237
17995 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
17996 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17998 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17999 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18000 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18002 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18003 the MH mail system.
18005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18007 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18008 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18009 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18011 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18012 the MH mail system.
18014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18016 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18017 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18019 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18020 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18021 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18024 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18025 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18026 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18029 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18033 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18034 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18035 can be used in several ways.
18037 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18038 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18039 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18040 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18044 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18045 The range must be nonempty.
18050 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18051 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18058 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18061 All of the messages.
18063 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18064 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18066 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18067 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18068 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18070 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21669 40237 316336
18078 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18080 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18081 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18082 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18083 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18084 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18085 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18086 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18087 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18088 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18089 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18090 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18094 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18095 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18096 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18097 to its second argument TM.
18099 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21669 40237
18104 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
18105 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18107 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18108 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18109 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18110 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18111 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18112 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18114 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18116 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18117 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18118 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18119 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18120 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18122 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18123 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18124 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18125 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18126 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18127 is modified to remove the default indication.
18129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
18134 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18136 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18137 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18138 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18139 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18140 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18141 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18142 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18143 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18144 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18148 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18149 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18150 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18151 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18152 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18153 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18154 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18155 The return value is always nil.
18157 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21669 40237 316336
18163 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18164 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18166 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18167 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18169 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18170 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18171 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18174 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18175 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18176 end of the search space).
18178 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18179 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18180 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18181 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18182 should return the previous buffer to search.
18184 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18185 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18186 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18188 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18189 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18190 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18193 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18194 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18195 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18197 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18198 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18199 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18203 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18204 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18205 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18206 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18207 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18208 whose names match the specified regexp.
18210 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18212 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18213 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18214 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18215 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18216 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18217 whose names match the specified regexp.
18219 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18221 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18222 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18223 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18224 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18225 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18226 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18227 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18229 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18231 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18232 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18233 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18234 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18235 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18236 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18237 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18239 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21669
18244 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
18245 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18246 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18248 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18249 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21669 40237
18256 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
18257 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18259 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18260 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18262 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21669 40237
18267 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
18268 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18270 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18271 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18273 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18275 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18276 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18277 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18278 the entire message.
18279 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18281 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21669 40237
18286 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
18287 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18289 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18290 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18291 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18292 the entire message.
18293 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18295 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21669 40237 316336
18301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18303 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18304 Insert file contents of URL.
18305 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18307 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18309 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18310 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18312 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21669 40237 316336
18318 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18320 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18321 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18322 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18323 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18324 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18326 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18328 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18329 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18330 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18332 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
18337 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18339 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18340 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18344 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18345 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18346 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18347 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18348 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18350 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18351 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18352 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18353 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18354 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18355 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18357 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21669 40237 316336
18363 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18365 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18368 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18370 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18373 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21669 40237 316336
18379 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18381 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18384 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18386 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18389 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18391 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18394 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18396 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18399 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18401 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18404 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18406 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18409 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18411 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21669 40236
18419 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
18420 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18422 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21607 56025
18427 ;;;;;; 801549 101000))
18428 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18430 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18432 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18433 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18434 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18435 followed by the first character of the construct.
18437 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18438 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18439 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18440 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18441 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18442 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18443 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18444 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18445 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18446 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18447 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18448 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18449 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18452 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18453 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18454 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21669 40237 316336
18462 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18464 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18465 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18467 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18469 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18470 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18472 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18474 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18475 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18477 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18479 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18480 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18482 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21669 40237 316336
18488 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18490 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18491 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18493 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18494 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18495 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18497 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18498 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18499 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18501 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18502 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18504 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18505 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18506 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18507 hemisphere you're in.)
18509 To test this function, evaluate:
18510 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18512 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18514 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18515 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18517 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18518 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18520 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18521 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18522 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18524 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18525 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18527 To test this function, evaluate:
18528 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18530 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
18535 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18537 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18538 Main entry point for MPC.
18544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
18545 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18547 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18548 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
18555 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18557 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18558 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18559 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18560 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18561 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18562 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18564 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18566 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18568 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18569 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18570 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18572 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18573 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18575 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21669
18580 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
18581 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18583 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18584 Display a list of all character sets.
18586 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18587 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18588 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18589 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18590 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18592 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18593 but still shows the full information.
18597 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18598 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18599 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18601 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18602 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18603 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18604 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18605 meanings of these arguments.
18607 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18609 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18610 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18612 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18614 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18615 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18617 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18619 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18620 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18622 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18624 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18625 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18627 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18628 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18630 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18631 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18632 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18633 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18634 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18635 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18636 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18637 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18638 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18639 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18640 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18641 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18642 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18643 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18644 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18645 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18649 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18650 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18654 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18655 Display a list of all coding systems.
18656 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18658 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18659 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18663 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18664 Display a list of all coding categories.
18668 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18669 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18670 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18672 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18674 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18675 Display information about FONTSET.
18676 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18678 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18680 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18681 Display a list of all fontsets.
18682 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18683 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18684 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18688 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18689 Display information about all input methods.
18693 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18694 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18696 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18697 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18698 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18699 system which uses fontsets).
18703 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18704 Show log of font listing and opening.
18705 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18706 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18708 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21669
18713 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
18714 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18716 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18717 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18719 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18720 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18722 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18723 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18725 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18727 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18728 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18729 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18730 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18731 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18732 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18733 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18735 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18736 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18737 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18738 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18739 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18740 middle of a character in STR.
18742 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18743 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18745 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18746 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18747 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18748 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18749 defaults to \"...\".
18751 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18753 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18754 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18756 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18757 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18758 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18760 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18761 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18762 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18764 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18765 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18766 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18768 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18769 longer than KEYSEQ.
18770 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18772 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18774 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18775 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18776 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18777 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18778 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18779 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18780 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18781 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18782 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18783 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18784 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18786 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18788 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18789 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18791 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18793 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18794 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18796 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18798 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18799 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18801 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18803 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18804 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18806 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18808 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18809 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18810 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18811 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18812 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18814 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18815 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18817 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18818 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18819 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18820 coding systems ordered by priority.
18822 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18824 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18826 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18827 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18828 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18829 language environment LANG-ENV.
18831 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18833 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18834 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18835 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18836 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18837 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18838 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18840 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21679 50887
18845 ;;;;;; 336751 696000))
18846 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18848 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18849 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18853 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18854 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18858 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18859 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18863 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18864 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18868 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18869 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18873 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18874 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18876 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18878 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18880 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18881 `ping-program-options'.
18885 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18886 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18890 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18891 Run nslookup program.
18895 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18896 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18900 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18905 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18910 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18911 Finger USER on HOST.
18913 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18915 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18916 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18917 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18918 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18920 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18922 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18927 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18928 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18930 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18932 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18933 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18935 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21669 40237 316336
18941 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18943 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18944 Return a user name/password pair.
18945 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18946 listed in the PORTS list.
18948 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21716
18953 ;;;;;; 45255 735319 375000))
18954 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18956 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18957 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18958 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18959 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18960 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18963 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18965 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18966 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18967 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18968 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18969 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18970 a port number to connect to.
18972 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18975 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18977 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18978 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18979 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18980 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18981 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18982 an unencrypted connection.
18983 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18984 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18985 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18986 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18987 returned object is a killed process.
18988 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18989 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18990 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18992 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18993 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18994 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18995 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18996 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18997 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18998 or nil if none could be found.
18999 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19000 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19002 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19004 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19005 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19006 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19008 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19009 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19010 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19012 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19013 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19014 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19016 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19017 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19018 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19019 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19021 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19022 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19024 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19025 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19026 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19027 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19028 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19029 or STARTTLS connections.
19031 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19032 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19034 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19035 a greeting from the server.
19037 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19038 asynchronously, if possible.
19040 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19042 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21669
19047 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
19048 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19050 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19051 Check whether newsticker is running.
19052 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19053 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19057 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19058 Start the newsticker.
19059 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19060 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19061 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19062 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19064 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19069 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 316336 766000))
19070 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19072 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19073 Start newsticker plainview.
19079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21669
19080 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
19081 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19083 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19084 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21669
19091 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
19092 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19094 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19095 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19096 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19097 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19102 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19103 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19104 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21669
19112 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
19113 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19115 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19116 Start newsticker treeview.
19122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21669 40237
19123 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
19124 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19125 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21669 40237 316336
19131 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19133 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19134 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19136 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21669 40237 316336
19142 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19144 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19145 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19146 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19147 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19148 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19149 symbol in the alist.
19151 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21669 40237
19156 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
19157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19159 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19160 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19161 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
19168 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19170 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19171 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19173 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
19178 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19180 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19182 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19183 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19184 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19186 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19189 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19191 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19192 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19193 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19194 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19195 to future sessions.
19197 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19199 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19200 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19201 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19202 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19205 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21669
19210 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
19211 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19213 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19214 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19216 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19217 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19218 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
19225 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19226 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21669 40237
19231 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
19232 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19234 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19235 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19236 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19237 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19239 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21669 40237
19244 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
19245 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19247 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19248 Major mode for editing XML.
19250 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19251 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19252 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19253 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19254 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19255 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19256 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19258 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19260 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19261 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19263 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19264 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19265 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19266 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19269 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19270 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19271 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19272 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19273 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19274 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19276 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19277 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19278 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19280 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19281 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19282 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19284 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19285 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19286 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19287 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19288 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19289 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19290 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19291 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19292 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19294 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19296 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19297 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19300 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21669 40237
19305 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
19306 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19308 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19309 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19310 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19311 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21669 40237
19318 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
19319 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19321 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19322 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19324 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19325 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19326 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19327 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19329 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19332 \\{octave-mode-map}
19336 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19337 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19338 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19340 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19342 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19343 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19345 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19346 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19347 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19351 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21669 40237
19356 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
19357 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19359 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19361 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19362 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19363 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19364 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19365 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19367 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19371 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19372 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19373 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19374 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19375 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19376 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19377 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19378 Directories to search when finding external units.
19379 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19380 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19384 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19385 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
19392 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19394 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19395 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19397 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19399 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19400 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19401 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19402 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19403 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19404 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19406 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19408 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19409 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19410 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19411 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19412 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19414 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19416 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19417 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19421 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19422 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19426 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19427 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19428 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19430 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19431 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19432 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19433 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19434 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19435 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19436 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19437 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19438 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19439 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19441 The following commands are available:
19447 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19448 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19450 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19451 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19452 in special contexts.
19454 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19455 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19456 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19457 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19458 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19459 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19460 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19461 properties in the buffer.
19462 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19463 including any drawers.
19465 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19467 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19468 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19469 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19470 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19471 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19472 and zoom in further.
19473 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19474 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19476 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19477 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19478 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19479 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19480 times right after creating a new headline.
19482 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19483 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19484 is negative, go up that many levels.
19486 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19487 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19488 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19490 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19491 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19492 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19493 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19497 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19498 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19499 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19500 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19503 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19505 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19506 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19507 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19508 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19509 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19510 defined by Org-mode).
19512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19514 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19515 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19519 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19520 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19524 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19525 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19526 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19527 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19530 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19532 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19533 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19534 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19535 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19537 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19538 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19539 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19541 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19542 part of Org's core.
19544 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19549 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19550 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19551 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19555 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19556 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19557 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19562 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19563 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19565 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19567 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19568 Switch between Org buffers.
19569 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19570 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19572 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19573 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19575 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19577 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19579 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19581 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19582 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19583 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19584 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19588 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19589 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19591 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19593 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19594 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19595 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19599 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19600 Reload all org lisp files.
19601 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19603 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19605 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19606 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21669 40237
19613 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
19614 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19616 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19617 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19621 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19622 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19623 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19624 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19626 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19627 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19628 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19629 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19630 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19631 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19632 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19633 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19634 e Export views to associated files.
19635 s Search entries for keywords.
19636 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19637 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19638 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19639 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19640 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19641 > Remove a previous restriction.
19642 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19643 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19644 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19646 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19647 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19648 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19650 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19651 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19652 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19653 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19656 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19658 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19659 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19660 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19661 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19662 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19663 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19664 before running the agenda command.
19666 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19668 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19669 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19670 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19671 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19672 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19673 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19674 before running the agenda command.
19676 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19677 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19679 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19681 category The category of the item
19682 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19683 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19684 todo selected in TODO match
19685 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19686 diary imported from diary
19687 deadline a deadline on given date
19688 scheduled scheduled on given date
19689 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19690 closed entry was closed on given date
19691 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19692 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19693 block entry has date block including g. date
19694 todo The todo keyword, if any
19695 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19696 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19697 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19698 extra Sting with extra planning info
19699 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19700 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19701 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19703 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19705 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19706 Store agenda views.
19708 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19710 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19711 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19713 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19715 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19716 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19717 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19718 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19720 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19721 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19722 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19724 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19725 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19727 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19728 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19730 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19732 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19733 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19735 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19736 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19737 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19738 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19741 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19742 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19743 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19744 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19745 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19746 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19748 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19749 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19750 including newlines.
19752 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19753 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19754 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19755 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19756 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19757 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19758 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19760 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19761 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19762 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19763 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19765 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19766 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19767 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19768 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19769 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19770 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19771 Boolean search must match as full words.
19773 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19774 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19776 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19778 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19779 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19780 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19781 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19782 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19783 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19787 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19788 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19789 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19791 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19793 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19794 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19795 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19796 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19797 `org-stuck-projects'.
19799 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19801 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19802 Return diary information from org files.
19803 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19804 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19805 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19806 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19807 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19809 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19811 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19813 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19814 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19818 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19819 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19820 So the example above may also be written as
19822 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19824 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19825 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19826 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19828 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19830 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19831 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19833 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19835 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19836 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19837 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19838 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19839 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19841 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19843 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19844 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19845 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19849 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19850 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19851 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19854 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19855 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19857 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19858 for filtering entries out.
19860 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19861 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19862 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19864 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19865 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19867 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19868 (category \"Work\"))
19870 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19871 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19873 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19874 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19875 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19876 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19877 details and examples.
19879 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19880 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19882 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21669 40237
19887 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
19888 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19890 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19891 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19893 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19895 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19897 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19898 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19899 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19900 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19901 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19902 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19904 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19905 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19906 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19909 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19911 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19912 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19915 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19916 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19917 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19918 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19920 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19922 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19923 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21669 40237
19930 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
19931 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19933 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19934 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19938 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19943 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19944 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19945 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19947 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
19949 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
19950 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
19952 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
19954 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
19955 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
19957 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
19959 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
19960 Write the column view table.
19961 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
19963 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
19964 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
19965 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
19966 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
19967 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
19968 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
19969 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
19970 using `org-id-find'.
19971 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
19972 a hline before each level <= that number.
19973 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
19974 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
19976 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
19977 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
19979 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
19981 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
19982 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
19986 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
19987 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
19993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21669 40237
19994 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
19995 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
19997 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
19998 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21669 40237 316336
20006 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20008 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20009 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21607 56025
20016 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
20017 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20019 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20020 The release version of org-mode.
20021 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20025 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20026 The Git version of org-mode.
20027 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21669 40237 316336
20035 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20036 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20037 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20039 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20040 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20041 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20042 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20044 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20045 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20046 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20047 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20049 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20050 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20051 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20052 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20053 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20054 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20056 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20057 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20058 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20060 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20061 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20062 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20063 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20064 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20065 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20066 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20067 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20068 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20069 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20070 The subheadings remain visible.
20071 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20073 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20074 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20075 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20077 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20078 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20082 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20083 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20084 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20085 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20086 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20088 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20091 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21676 11899
20096 ;;;;;; 256354 520000))
20097 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20098 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20100 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20101 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20102 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20103 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20104 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20106 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20107 activate the package system at any time.")
20109 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20111 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20112 Install the package PKG.
20113 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20114 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20118 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20119 Install a package from the current buffer.
20120 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20121 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20122 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20126 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20127 Install a package from a file.
20128 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20132 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20133 Import keys from FILE.
20135 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20137 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20138 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20139 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20140 makes them available for download.
20144 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20145 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20146 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20147 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20149 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20151 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20152 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20154 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20156 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20157 Display a list of packages.
20158 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20159 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20160 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20162 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20164 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
20169 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20171 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20172 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20173 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20174 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20175 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20176 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20178 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20180 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20181 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20182 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20183 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20184 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20186 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20187 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20188 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21669
20195 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
20196 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20197 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20199 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20200 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20201 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20202 unknown are returned as nil.
20204 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21669 40237
20209 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
20210 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20212 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20213 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20214 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20216 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20217 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20219 Other useful functions are:
20221 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20222 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20223 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20224 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20225 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20226 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20227 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20228 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20229 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20231 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20233 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20234 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20235 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20236 Indentation for case statements.
20237 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20238 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20240 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20241 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20242 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20243 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20244 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20245 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20246 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20247 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20248 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20249 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20251 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20252 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21669
20259 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
20260 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20262 (defvar password-cache t "\
20263 Whether to cache passwords.")
20265 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20267 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20268 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20269 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20271 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20273 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20274 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20276 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21669 40236
20281 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
20282 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20284 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20285 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20286 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20288 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20289 _ matches anything.
20290 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20291 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20292 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20293 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20294 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20295 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20296 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20297 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20298 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20299 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20301 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20302 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20303 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20304 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20305 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20306 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20308 PRED can take the form
20309 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20310 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20311 which is the value being matched.
20312 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20313 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20314 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20315 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20316 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20318 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20320 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20322 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20323 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20324 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20325 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20327 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20329 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20331 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20332 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20333 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20334 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20336 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20338 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21669 40237 316336
20344 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20346 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20347 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21669 40237 316336
20355 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20357 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20358 Completion for `gzip'.
20362 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20363 Completion for `bzip2'.
20367 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20368 Completion for GNU `make'.
20372 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20373 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20377 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21669 40237
20382 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
20383 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20385 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20386 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20390 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20391 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20395 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20396 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21669 40237 316336
20404 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20406 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20407 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21669 40237 316336
20415 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20417 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20418 Completion for `cd'.
20422 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20424 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20425 Completion for `rmdir'.
20429 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20430 Completion for `rm'.
20434 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20435 Completion for `xargs'.
20439 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20441 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20442 Completion for `which'.
20446 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20447 Completion for the `chown' command.
20451 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20452 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20456 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20457 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20461 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20462 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20463 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21669 40237 316336
20471 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20473 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20474 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20478 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20479 Completion for the `ack' command.
20480 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20485 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20487 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20488 Completion for the `ag' command.
20494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21689 338 694604
20496 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20498 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20499 Support extensible programmable completion.
20500 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20501 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20503 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20505 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20506 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20510 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20511 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20512 This will modify the current buffer.
20516 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20517 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20521 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20522 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20523 This will modify the current buffer.
20527 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20528 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20532 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20533 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20537 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20538 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20539 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20540 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20541 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20543 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20545 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20546 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
20553 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20555 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20556 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20557 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20558 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20560 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20562 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20564 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20565 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20566 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20567 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20568 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20569 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20572 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20574 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20575 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20576 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20577 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20578 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20579 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20580 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20581 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20583 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20585 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20586 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20587 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20588 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20589 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20590 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20591 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20594 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20596 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20597 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20598 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20599 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20600 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20601 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20602 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20604 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20606 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20607 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20608 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20610 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20612 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20613 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20614 A value of nil means never do it.
20615 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20616 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20617 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20619 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20621 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20622 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20623 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21669 40237
20628 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
20629 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20631 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20632 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21669
20637 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
20638 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20639 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20640 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20641 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20642 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20643 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20644 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20646 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20647 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20648 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20649 Tab indents for Perl code.
20650 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20651 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20652 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20654 Variables controlling indentation style:
20655 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20656 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20657 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20658 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20659 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20660 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20661 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20663 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20664 `perl-indent-level'
20665 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20666 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20667 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20668 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20669 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20670 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20671 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20672 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20673 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20674 `perl-brace-offset'
20675 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20676 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20677 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20678 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20679 `perl-label-offset'
20680 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20681 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20682 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20684 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20685 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20686 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20687 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20688 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20689 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20690 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20692 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21669 40237
20699 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
20700 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20702 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20703 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20704 \\<picture-mode-map>
20705 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20706 afterwards settable by these commands:
20708 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20709 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20710 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20711 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20713 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20714 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20715 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20716 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20718 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20719 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20720 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20721 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20723 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20724 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20725 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20726 with these commands:
20728 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20729 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20730 Move to column following last
20731 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20732 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20733 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20734 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20735 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20736 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20738 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20740 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20741 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20742 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20743 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20744 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20745 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20747 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20748 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20749 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20750 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20751 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20752 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20753 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20755 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20756 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20757 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20758 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20759 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20760 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20761 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20762 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20764 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20765 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20766 by supplying an argument.
20768 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20770 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20771 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20775 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21669 40237 316336
20781 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20783 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20784 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20786 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20788 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20789 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21669 40237 826337
20797 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20799 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20800 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20801 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20803 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
20808 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20810 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20811 Play pong and waste time.
20812 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20813 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20815 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
20824 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20826 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20827 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20828 Use streaming commands.
20830 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21669 40236 816336
20836 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20838 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20839 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20840 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20841 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20843 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20845 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20846 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20850 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20851 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20852 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20853 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20854 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20856 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20858 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20859 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20860 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20862 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20864 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20865 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20867 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20869 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20870 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20871 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20872 Ignores leading comment characters.
20876 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20877 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20878 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20879 Ignores leading comment characters.
20885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21669 40237 316336
20887 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20888 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20890 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20891 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20893 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20895 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20897 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20899 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20900 Preview directory using ghostview.
20902 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20903 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20904 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20905 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20907 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20908 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20909 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20910 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20911 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20914 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20916 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20918 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20919 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20921 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20922 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20923 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20924 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20926 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20927 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20928 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20929 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20930 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20933 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20935 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20937 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20938 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20940 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20941 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20942 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20943 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20945 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20946 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20947 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20948 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20949 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20952 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20954 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20956 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20957 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20959 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20961 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20962 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20963 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20964 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20966 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20967 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20968 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20969 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20970 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20973 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20975 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20977 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20978 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20980 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20981 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20982 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20984 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20985 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20986 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20987 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20989 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20991 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20992 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20994 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20995 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20996 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20998 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20999 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21000 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21001 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21003 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21005 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21006 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21008 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21009 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21010 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21012 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21013 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21014 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21015 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21017 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21019 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21020 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21022 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21024 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21025 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21026 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21028 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21029 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21030 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21031 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21033 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21035 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21036 Preview region using ghostview.
21038 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21040 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21042 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21043 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21045 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21047 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21049 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21050 Print region using PostScript printer.
21052 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21054 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21056 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21057 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21059 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21061 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21063 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21064 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21066 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21068 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21070 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21071 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21073 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21075 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21077 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21078 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21080 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21082 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21084 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21085 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21087 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21089 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21091 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21092 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21093 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21094 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21096 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21099 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21100 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21102 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21104 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21106 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21107 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21108 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21109 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21113 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21114 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21115 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21116 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21120 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21121 Print directory using text printer.
21123 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21126 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21127 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21129 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21131 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21133 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21134 Print buffer using text printer.
21138 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21139 Print region using text printer.
21143 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21144 Print major mode using text printer.
21148 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21149 Preview spooled PostScript.
21151 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21152 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21153 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21155 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21156 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21157 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21159 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21161 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21162 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21164 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21165 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21166 instead of sending it to the printer.
21168 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21169 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21170 image in a file with that name.
21172 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21174 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21175 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21177 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21178 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21179 instead of sending it to the printer.
21181 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21182 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21183 image in a file with that name.
21185 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21187 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21188 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21190 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21191 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21192 instead of sending it to the printer.
21194 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21195 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21196 image in a file with that name.
21198 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21200 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21201 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21203 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21205 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21206 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21208 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21210 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21211 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21213 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21215 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21216 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21218 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21220 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21221 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21223 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21225 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21226 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21228 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21229 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21230 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21231 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21233 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21234 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21235 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21236 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21237 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21238 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21241 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21243 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21244 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21248 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21249 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21251 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21253 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21258 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21259 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21263 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21264 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21268 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21269 Toggle printing with faces.
21273 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21278 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21283 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21286 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21288 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21293 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21298 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21299 Toggle upside-down.
21303 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21304 Toggle line number.
21308 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21309 Toggle zebra stripes.
21313 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21314 Toggle printing header.
21318 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21319 Toggle printing header frame.
21323 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21328 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21329 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21333 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21338 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21339 Customization of the `printing' group.
21341 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21343 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21344 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21346 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21348 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21349 Help for the printing package.
21351 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21353 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21354 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21358 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21359 Interactively select a text printer.
21363 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21364 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21368 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21369 Show current ps-print settings.
21371 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21373 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21374 Show current printing settings.
21376 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21378 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21379 Show current lpr settings.
21381 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21383 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21384 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21386 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21387 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21388 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21389 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21392 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21394 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21395 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21396 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21398 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21399 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21400 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21401 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21402 current active printer.
21404 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21405 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21406 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21409 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21410 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21411 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21412 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21413 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21416 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21417 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21419 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21421 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21422 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21423 be done using the new current active printer.
21425 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21426 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21429 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21430 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21431 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21432 instead of sending it to the printer.
21434 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21435 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21438 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21441 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21444 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21446 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21447 Fast fire function for text printing.
21449 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21450 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21451 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21452 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21454 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21455 user for a new active text printer.
21457 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21459 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21461 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21462 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21465 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21467 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21470 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
21475 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21477 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21478 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21479 \\<proced-mode-map>
21480 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21481 the process information.
21483 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21485 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21669 40237 316336
21494 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21496 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21497 Start/restart profilers.
21498 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21499 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21500 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21504 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21505 Open profile FILENAME.
21507 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21509 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21510 Open profile FILENAME.
21512 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21514 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21515 Open profile FILENAME.
21517 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21669 40237
21522 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
21523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21525 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21526 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21528 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21529 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21531 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21533 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21534 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21537 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21541 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21542 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21543 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21547 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21548 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21549 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
21556 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21558 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21559 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21560 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21562 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21669 40237
21567 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
21568 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21569 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21571 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21572 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21574 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21576 The following variables hold user options, and can
21577 be set through the `customize' command:
21579 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21581 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21582 `ps-mode-print-function'
21584 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21588 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21591 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21597 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21598 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21599 The keymap for this second window is:
21601 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21604 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21605 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21606 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21607 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21608 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21670 36217 165621
21616 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21617 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21619 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21620 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21621 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21623 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21625 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21626 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21627 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21628 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21630 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21632 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21633 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21637 nil Do not print colors.
21641 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21642 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21644 Any other value is treated as t.")
21646 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21648 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21649 Customization of ps-print group.
21653 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21654 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21656 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21657 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21658 sending it to the printer.
21660 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21661 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21662 image in a file with that name.
21664 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21666 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21667 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21668 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21669 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21670 so it has a way to determine color values.
21672 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21674 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21675 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21676 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21678 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21680 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21681 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21682 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21683 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21684 so it has a way to determine color values.
21686 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21688 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21689 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21690 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21691 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21693 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21697 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21698 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21699 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21700 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21701 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21703 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21707 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21708 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21709 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21711 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21713 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21715 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21716 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21717 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21718 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21719 so it has a way to determine color values.
21721 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21723 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21725 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21726 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21728 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21729 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21730 instead of sending it to the printer.
21732 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21733 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21734 image in a file with that name.
21736 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21738 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21739 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21740 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21741 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21742 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21746 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21747 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21748 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21750 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21752 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21753 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21754 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21756 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21758 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21759 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21763 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21764 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21766 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21767 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21769 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21770 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21772 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21774 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21776 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21778 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21779 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21781 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21782 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21784 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21785 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21787 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21789 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21791 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21793 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21794 foreground and background colors respectively.
21796 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21797 bold - use bold font.
21798 italic - use italic font.
21799 underline - put a line under text.
21800 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21801 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21802 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21803 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21804 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21806 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21808 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21669 40236 816336
21814 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21815 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21737 51412
21820 ;;;;;; 646766 605000))
21821 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21822 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21824 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21826 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21828 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21829 Run an inferior Python process.
21830 Input and output via buffer named after
21831 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21832 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21834 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21835 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21836 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21837 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21839 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21840 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21841 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21843 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21845 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21846 Major mode for editing Python files.
21848 \\{python-mode-map}
21854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
21855 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21857 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21858 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21859 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21862 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21863 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21865 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21866 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21867 them into characters should be done separately.
21869 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21669 40237
21874 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
21875 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21877 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21878 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21882 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21883 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21884 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21886 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21887 `quail-activate', which see.
21889 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21891 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21892 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21893 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21894 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21895 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21896 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21897 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21899 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21900 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21901 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21902 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21903 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21905 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21907 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21908 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21909 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21910 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21911 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21912 list of candidates.
21914 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21915 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21916 command to be called.
21918 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21919 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21920 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21921 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21923 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21924 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21925 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21926 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21927 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21930 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21931 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21932 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21933 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21935 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21936 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21937 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21938 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
21939 defines no translations for single character keys.
21941 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21942 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21943 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21944 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21945 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21946 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21948 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21949 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21950 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21951 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21952 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21953 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21955 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21956 covers Quail translation region.
21958 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21959 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21960 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21961 for it) is inserted.
21963 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21964 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21965 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21967 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21968 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21969 non-Quail commands.
21971 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21973 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21974 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21976 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21977 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21978 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21979 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21980 you type is correctly handled.
21982 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21984 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21985 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21987 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21990 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21992 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
21993 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21994 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21995 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21996 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21997 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21998 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21999 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22000 for the translation.
22001 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22003 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22004 it is used to handle KEY.
22006 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22007 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22008 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22009 the following annotation types are supported.
22011 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22012 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22014 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22017 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22018 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22019 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22022 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22023 generated for the following translations.
22025 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22027 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22028 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22030 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22031 which to install MAP.
22033 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22035 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22037 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22038 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22040 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22041 which to install MAP.
22043 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22045 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22047 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22048 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22049 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22050 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22051 a function, or a cons.
22052 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22053 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22054 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22055 for the translation.
22056 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22057 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22058 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22059 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22060 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22062 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22063 it is used to handle KEY.
22065 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22066 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22067 current Quail package.
22069 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22070 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22072 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22074 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22075 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22077 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22078 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22080 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22082 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22083 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22085 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22087 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22088 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22089 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22090 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22091 of the Emacs source tree.
22093 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22094 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22096 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22097 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22100 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21669
22105 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
22106 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22108 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22109 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22110 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22111 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22113 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22118 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 316336 766000))
22119 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22121 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22122 Activate UCS input method.
22123 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22125 While this input method is active, the variable
22126 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22128 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21669 40237 316336
22134 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22136 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22137 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22138 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22139 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22141 To make use of this do something like:
22143 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22145 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22147 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22148 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22150 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22151 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22152 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22154 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22156 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22157 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22159 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22161 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22162 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22164 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22167 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22169 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22170 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22172 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22173 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22174 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22176 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22178 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22179 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22181 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22183 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22184 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22188 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22189 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22191 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22193 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22197 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22198 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21669 40237 316336
22206 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22208 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22209 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22211 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22213 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22217 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22219 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22222 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22224 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22225 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22226 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22227 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22228 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22229 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22231 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22233 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22234 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22235 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22236 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22237 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21669
22244 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
22245 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22247 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22249 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22250 Construct a regexp interactively.
22251 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22252 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22253 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22255 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22256 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21669 40237 826337
22264 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22266 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22267 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22268 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22269 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22270 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22271 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22273 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22275 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22276 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22277 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22278 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22279 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22281 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22282 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22283 were operated on recently.
22285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
22290 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22292 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22293 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22294 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22295 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22298 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22299 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22302 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22304 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22305 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22306 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22308 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22309 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22312 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22314 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22315 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22316 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22318 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22320 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22321 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22323 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22324 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22326 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22329 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22330 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22331 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22332 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22335 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22337 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22338 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22340 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22342 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22343 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22347 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22348 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22349 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22350 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22351 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22352 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22353 and point is at the lower right corner.
22355 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22357 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22358 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22360 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22361 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22363 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22364 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22365 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22367 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22369 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22371 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22372 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22373 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22374 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22375 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22377 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22378 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22380 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22382 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22383 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22384 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22386 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22388 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22390 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22392 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22393 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22395 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22396 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22397 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22399 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22401 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22402 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22403 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22405 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22406 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22407 rectangle which were empty.
22409 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22411 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22412 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22414 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22415 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22416 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22417 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22419 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22421 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22422 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22423 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21669 40237
22430 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
22431 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22433 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22434 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22435 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22436 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22437 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22439 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22440 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22441 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22444 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21704 54100
22451 ;;;;;; 244617 275000))
22452 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22454 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22455 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22459 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22460 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22462 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22463 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22465 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22466 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22467 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22470 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22471 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22472 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22474 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22475 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22476 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22478 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22479 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22481 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22482 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22484 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22485 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22488 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22492 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22493 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22494 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (21669
22501 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
22502 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22504 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22505 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22506 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22507 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22508 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22509 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22511 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22513 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22515 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22516 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22517 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22518 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22519 `reftex-cite-format'.
22521 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22522 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22523 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22524 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22526 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22531 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 826337 297000))
22532 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22534 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22535 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22536 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22537 the current TeX document.
22539 With no argument, this command toggles
22540 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22541 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22548 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 826337 297000))
22549 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22551 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22552 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22553 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22555 To insert new phrases, use
22556 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22557 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22559 To index phrases use one of:
22561 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22562 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22563 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22564 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22565 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22567 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22568 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22570 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22572 Here are all local bindings.
22574 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22581 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 826337 297000))
22582 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22584 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22585 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22586 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22589 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21707
22594 ;;;;;; 30279 916059 915000))
22595 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22596 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22597 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22598 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22599 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21669
22604 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
22605 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22607 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22608 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22609 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22610 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22611 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22612 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22614 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22615 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22617 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22619 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22620 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22622 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22624 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22625 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22626 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22627 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22629 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21669 40236 816336
22635 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22636 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21669 40237
22641 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
22642 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22643 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22645 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22646 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22647 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22648 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22650 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22652 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22654 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22655 Call `remember' in another frame.
22657 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22659 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22660 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22661 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22665 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22666 Extract diary entries from the region.
22670 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22671 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22672 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22673 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22675 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22677 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22678 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22679 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22682 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22684 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22687 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22688 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22689 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22691 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
22696 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22697 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22699 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22700 Repeat most recently executed command.
22701 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22702 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22703 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22705 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22706 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22707 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22708 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22710 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22711 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22712 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22714 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21669 40237
22719 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
22720 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22722 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22723 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22725 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22726 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22727 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22728 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22729 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22730 and point is left after the salutation.
22732 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22733 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22734 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22735 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22736 left after that text.
22738 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22741 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22742 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22743 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22744 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22746 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21669 40237 826337
22752 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22754 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22755 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22756 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22757 visibility of comments that precede it.
22758 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22759 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22760 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22761 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22762 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22763 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22764 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22765 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22767 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22768 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22769 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22770 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22771 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
22778 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22780 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22781 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22782 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22783 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22784 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22786 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22787 reveals invisible text around point.
22789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22791 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22792 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22793 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22794 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22795 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22796 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22798 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22800 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22801 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22802 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22804 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22805 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22806 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21669 40236 816336
22814 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22816 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22817 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22821 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22822 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22824 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21669 40237 316336
22830 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22832 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22833 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22834 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22835 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22837 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22839 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22840 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22841 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22842 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22844 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22845 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22847 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22848 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22850 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22851 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22854 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22855 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22856 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22857 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22858 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22860 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22861 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22862 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22863 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22865 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22866 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22869 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21670 36217 165621
22875 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22877 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22878 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22880 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22882 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22884 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22885 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22886 Its name should end with a slash.")
22888 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22889 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22891 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22892 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22893 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22895 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22897 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22898 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22899 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22900 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22901 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22902 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22903 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22905 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22906 sent by you under different user names.
22907 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22909 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22911 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22913 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22915 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22916 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22917 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22920 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22922 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22923 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22924 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22925 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22926 which normally happens once for each message,
22927 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22928 To make a change in this variable take effect
22929 for a message that you have already viewed,
22930 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22932 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22934 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22935 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22936 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22937 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22939 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22941 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22942 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22944 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22946 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22947 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22948 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22950 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22952 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22953 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22954 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22955 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22956 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22957 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22959 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22961 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22962 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22964 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22966 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22967 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22969 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22971 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22972 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22974 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22975 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22977 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22979 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22980 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22982 This is set to nil by default.")
22984 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22985 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22986 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
22987 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
22988 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22989 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22990 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22992 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22993 Read and edit incoming mail.
22994 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22995 file in RMAIL Mode.
22996 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22998 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22999 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23000 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23001 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23003 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23005 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23007 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23008 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23009 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23010 Instead, these commands are available:
23012 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23013 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23014 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23015 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23016 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23017 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23018 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23019 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23020 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23021 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23022 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23023 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23024 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23025 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23026 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23027 till a deleted message is found.
23028 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23029 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23030 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23031 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23032 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23033 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23034 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23035 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23036 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23037 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23038 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23039 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23040 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23041 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23042 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23043 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23044 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23045 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23046 (label defaults to last one specified).
23047 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23048 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23049 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23050 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23051 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23052 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23053 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23054 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23055 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23059 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23060 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23062 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23064 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23065 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23067 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21669 40237
23072 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
23073 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23074 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23076 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23077 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23078 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23079 case it writes Babyl.
23081 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23082 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23083 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23084 `rmail-default-file'.
23086 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23087 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23088 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23090 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23091 the header display is currently pruned.
23093 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23094 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23095 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23096 messages after output.
23098 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23099 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23100 message (if writing a file directly).
23102 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23103 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23105 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23107 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23108 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23109 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23110 i) the header is output as currently seen
23111 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23112 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23114 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23115 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23116 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23118 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23120 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23121 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23122 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23123 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23124 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23125 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23126 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23128 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23129 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23130 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23132 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21669 40237
23137 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
23138 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23140 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23141 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23144 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21669 40237
23149 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
23150 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23152 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23153 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23154 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23155 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21669 40237
23162 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
23163 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23165 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23166 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23168 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23169 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23170 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23171 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23172 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23173 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23174 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23175 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23176 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23177 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23179 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23180 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23181 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23182 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23183 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23184 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23185 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23186 to use for finding the schema.
23188 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21669 40237 316336
23194 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23196 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23198 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23199 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23200 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23201 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23202 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23203 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23204 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23205 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23206 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23207 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23208 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23209 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23210 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23211 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23212 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23213 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23216 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21607 56024
23221 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
23222 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23224 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23225 Define a robin package.
23227 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23228 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23229 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23230 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23232 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23233 one replaces the old one.
23235 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23237 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23238 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23240 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23241 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23242 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23244 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23246 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23247 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23249 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
23254 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23256 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23257 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23259 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23261 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23262 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23264 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23266 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23267 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23269 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23271 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23272 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23273 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23275 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23276 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23279 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23283 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23284 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21669 40237 826337
23292 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23293 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23295 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23296 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23299 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23300 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23307 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23308 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23309 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23310 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23311 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23313 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23314 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23315 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21669
23322 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
23323 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23324 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23326 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23327 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23333 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23335 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21669 40237 826337
23341 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23342 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23344 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23345 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23346 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23348 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23349 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23350 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23351 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23352 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21669 40236 816336
23360 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23362 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23363 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23364 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23365 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23367 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23369 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23370 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23371 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23373 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23374 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23375 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23377 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23381 matches string STRING literally.
23384 matches character CHAR literally.
23386 `not-newline', `nonl'
23387 matches any character except a newline.
23390 matches any character
23395 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23396 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23397 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23399 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23400 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23401 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23402 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23404 `(not (any SET ...))'
23405 matches any character not in SET ...
23407 `line-start', `bol'
23408 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23409 in the text being matched
23412 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23414 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23415 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23416 string being matched against.
23418 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23419 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23420 string being matched against.
23423 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23424 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23427 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23428 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23431 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23433 `word-start', `bow'
23434 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23437 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23440 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23443 `(not word-boundary)'
23444 `not-word-boundary'
23445 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23449 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23452 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23454 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23455 matches 0 through 9.
23458 matches ASCII control characters.
23460 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23461 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23464 matches space and tab only.
23467 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23470 `printing', `print'
23471 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23474 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23475 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23476 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23478 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23479 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23480 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23483 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23486 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23488 `lower', `lower-case'
23489 matches anything lower-case.
23491 `upper', `upper-case'
23492 matches anything upper-case.
23494 `punctuation', `punct'
23495 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23496 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23498 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23499 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23502 matches anything that has word syntax.
23505 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23508 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23509 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23510 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23512 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23513 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23516 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23517 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23518 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23519 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23520 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23522 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23523 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23524 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23525 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23526 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23528 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23529 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23531 `(category CATEGORY)'
23532 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23533 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23535 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23536 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23537 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23538 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23542 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23543 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23544 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23545 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23546 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23547 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23548 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23549 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23550 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23551 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23552 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23553 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23554 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23555 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23564 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23568 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23570 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23575 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23576 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23578 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23579 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23580 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23581 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23582 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23584 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23585 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23586 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23587 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23589 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23590 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23591 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23594 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23595 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23596 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23597 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23598 regular expression.
23600 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23601 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23602 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23603 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23604 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23606 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23607 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23609 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23610 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23612 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23614 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23617 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23618 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23621 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23622 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23624 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23626 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23629 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23632 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23634 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23635 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23637 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23640 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23643 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23647 matches N occurrences.
23650 matches N or more occurrences.
23652 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23653 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23654 matches N to M occurrences.
23657 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23660 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23664 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23666 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21669 40237
23671 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
23672 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23673 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21669 40237 826337
23679 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23680 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23682 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23683 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23684 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23685 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23686 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23687 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23689 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23691 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23692 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23693 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23694 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23695 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23697 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23698 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23699 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23700 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23702 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23703 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23704 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21669 40237
23711 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
23712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23714 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23715 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23716 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23718 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23719 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23720 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23721 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23722 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23723 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23724 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23725 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23728 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23729 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23730 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23734 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23735 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23736 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23739 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23740 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23741 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23742 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23743 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23744 that variable's value is a string.
23750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21669 40237
23751 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
23752 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23754 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23755 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23756 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23758 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21669 40237 826337
23766 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23768 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23769 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23770 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23771 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23772 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23773 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23775 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23777 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23778 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23779 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23780 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23781 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23783 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23784 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21669 40237
23791 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
23792 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23794 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23795 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23796 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23797 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23798 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23799 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23800 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23801 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21669 40237 316336
23809 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23810 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23811 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21669 40236
23816 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
23817 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23818 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23820 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23821 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23822 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23824 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23825 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23826 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23827 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23828 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23829 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23830 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23831 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23832 keybinding for tag names.
23833 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23834 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23835 of the symbol under point.
23836 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23837 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23838 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23839 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23840 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23842 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23844 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23846 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23847 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23848 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23849 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23850 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23851 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23853 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23855 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23856 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23857 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23858 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23859 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23861 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23862 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23863 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23864 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23867 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23874 ;;;;;; (21669 40236 816336 299000))
23875 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23877 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23878 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23885 ;;;;;; (21669 40236 816336 299000))
23886 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23888 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23889 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21669 40237
23896 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
23897 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23899 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23900 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23902 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23904 If `parens', they look like:
23905 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23906 If `angles', they look like:
23907 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23909 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23910 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23912 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23914 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23915 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23916 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23917 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23919 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23920 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23921 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23922 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23924 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23926 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23927 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23928 This is done when the message is initialized,
23929 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23931 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23933 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23934 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23935 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23937 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23939 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23940 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23941 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23942 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23943 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23944 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23945 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23947 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23949 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23950 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23952 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23954 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23955 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23956 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23959 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23961 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23962 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23963 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23964 when you first send mail.")
23966 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23968 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23969 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23970 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23971 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23972 This file need not actually exist.")
23974 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23976 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23977 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23979 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23981 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23982 Alist of mail address aliases,
23983 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23984 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23985 can specify a different file name.)
23986 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23987 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23989 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23990 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23991 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23993 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23995 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23996 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23997 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23999 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24001 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24002 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24003 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24004 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24005 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24006 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24007 in the cited portion of the message.
24009 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24010 instead of no action.")
24012 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24014 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24015 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24016 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24017 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24018 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24020 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24022 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24023 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24024 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24025 If a string, that string is inserted.
24026 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24027 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24028 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24029 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24031 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24033 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24034 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24036 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24038 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24039 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24040 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24042 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24043 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24045 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24047 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24048 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24049 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24050 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24052 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24054 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24055 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24056 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24060 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24062 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24065 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24067 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24068 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24069 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24071 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24072 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24074 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24075 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24076 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24077 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24078 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24079 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24080 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24081 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24082 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24083 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24084 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24085 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24086 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24087 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24091 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24092 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24093 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24094 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24096 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24098 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24099 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24100 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24101 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24102 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24103 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24105 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24106 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24107 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24109 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24110 User should not set this variable manually,
24111 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24112 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24113 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24115 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24116 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24117 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24118 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24120 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24121 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24124 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24126 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24127 to move to message header fields:
24130 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24131 when the message is initialized.
24133 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24134 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24136 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24139 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24140 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24142 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24143 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24144 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24145 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24146 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24147 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24148 buffer without erasing the contents.
24150 The second through fifth arguments,
24151 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24152 the initial contents of those header fields.
24153 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24154 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24155 original message being replied to, or else an action
24156 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24157 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24158 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24159 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24160 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24161 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24163 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24165 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24166 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24168 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24170 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24171 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24173 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
24178 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24180 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24182 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24184 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24186 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24187 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24188 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24189 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24190 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24191 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24193 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24194 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24196 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24197 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24198 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24200 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24203 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24205 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24206 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24207 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24208 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24210 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24212 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24213 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24214 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24215 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24216 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24217 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24219 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24221 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24222 Toggle Server mode.
24223 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24224 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24225 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24227 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24228 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24229 `server-start' for details.
24231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24233 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24234 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24235 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24237 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24238 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24240 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
24245 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24247 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24248 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24250 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24251 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24252 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24253 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24254 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24256 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24257 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24258 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24259 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24260 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24261 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24263 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24266 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24267 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24268 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24270 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24271 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24273 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24274 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24277 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24279 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24280 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24282 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21669
24289 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
24290 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24292 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24293 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24295 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24298 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24299 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24300 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24302 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24305 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24307 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24308 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24313 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24314 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24315 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24316 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24317 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24318 which this is based.
24320 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24322 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24323 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24324 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24325 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24327 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24328 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24329 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24331 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24332 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24333 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24334 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24336 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24337 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24338 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24339 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24341 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24343 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24344 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24345 To work around that, do:
24346 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21676
24355 ;;;;;; 11881 756047 924000))
24356 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24357 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24358 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24360 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24361 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24362 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24363 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24364 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24365 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24367 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24368 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24369 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24370 shell-specific features.
24372 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24373 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24374 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24376 \\[sh-case] case statement
24377 \\[sh-for] for loop
24378 \\[sh-function] function definition
24379 \\[sh-if] if statement
24380 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24381 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24382 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24383 \\[sh-select] select loop
24384 \\[sh-until] until loop
24385 \\[sh-while] while loop
24387 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24388 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24389 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24390 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24391 would indent to the way it currently is.
24392 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24393 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24396 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24397 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24398 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24399 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24400 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24402 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24403 unquoted < insert a here document.
24405 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24406 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24407 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24409 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24410 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24414 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21669 40236
24419 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
24420 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24422 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24423 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24425 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24426 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24427 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24429 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24430 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24431 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24432 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24435 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24437 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24439 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24440 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24441 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24443 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24444 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24446 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24447 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24448 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24449 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24450 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24451 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24452 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24455 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24456 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24457 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24458 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24459 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24461 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24462 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24464 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21669 40237 826337
24470 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24472 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24473 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24474 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24475 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24476 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24477 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24478 sites in the cluster.
24482 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24483 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24484 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24485 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24486 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24490 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24491 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24492 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24493 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24494 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24495 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24496 `shadow-define-cluster').
24500 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24501 Set up file shadowing.
24507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
24508 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24510 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24511 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24512 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24513 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24514 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24517 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24519 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24520 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24521 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24522 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24523 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24525 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24526 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24527 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24528 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24529 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24530 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24531 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24532 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24533 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24534 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24535 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24537 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24538 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24539 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24540 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24541 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24542 `default-process-coding-system'.
24544 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24545 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24546 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24547 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24549 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24551 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
24556 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24558 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24559 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24561 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24563 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24564 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24565 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24566 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24568 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21669 40237 316336
24574 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24576 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24579 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24581 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24584 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24586 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24589 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24591 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24594 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21669 40237
24599 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
24600 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24602 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24603 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24604 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24605 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24606 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24608 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21669 40237
24615 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
24616 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24618 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24619 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24620 \\{simula-mode-map}
24621 Variables controlling indentation style:
24622 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24623 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24624 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24625 `simula-indent-level'
24626 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24627 `simula-substatement-offset'
24628 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24629 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24630 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24631 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24632 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24633 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24634 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24635 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24636 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24637 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24638 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24639 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24640 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24641 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24642 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24643 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24644 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24645 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24646 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24647 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24648 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24649 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24650 or nil if they should not be changed.
24651 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24652 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24653 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24654 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24656 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24657 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21669 40237 826337
24665 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24667 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24668 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24670 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24671 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24672 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24673 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24675 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24677 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24679 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24681 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24682 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24683 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24684 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24685 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24687 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24688 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24690 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24692 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24693 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24695 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24696 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24697 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24698 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24700 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24701 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24702 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24703 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24705 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24706 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24707 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24709 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24710 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24712 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24713 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24715 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24716 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24718 _ interesting point, interregion here
24719 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24720 interesting point set by _
24721 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24722 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24723 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24724 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24725 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24726 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24729 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24730 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24732 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24733 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24734 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24735 as the first element when at bol.
24737 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24738 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24739 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24740 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24741 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24742 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24743 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24744 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24746 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24747 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24748 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24749 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24750 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24753 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24754 then: insert previously read string once more
24755 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24756 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24757 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24759 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24760 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24762 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24764 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24765 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24767 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24768 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24769 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24770 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24771 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24774 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24775 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24776 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21669 40237
24783 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
24784 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24786 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24787 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24788 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24791 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24793 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24794 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24795 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24796 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24797 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24798 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24802 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24803 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24804 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21669 40237 316336
24812 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24814 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24815 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24816 A list of images is returned.
24818 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24820 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24821 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24822 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24824 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21669 40237
24829 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
24830 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24832 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24837 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24838 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21669 40237 316336
24846 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24848 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24849 Play the Snake game.
24850 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24852 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24854 Snake mode keybindings:
24856 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24857 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24858 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24859 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24860 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24861 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24862 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21669 40237
24869 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
24870 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24872 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24873 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24874 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24875 Tab indents for C code.
24876 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24877 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24879 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24884 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24885 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24886 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24887 Tab indents for C code.
24888 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24889 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24891 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24892 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21669 40236 816336
24900 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24902 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24903 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24904 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24905 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24906 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24908 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21669 40237
24915 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
24916 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24918 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24921 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24922 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24923 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24924 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24925 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24926 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24927 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24928 check after each move or undo.)
24932 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24933 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24934 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24953 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24954 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24955 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24956 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24958 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24959 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24960 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24963 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24964 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24966 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24982 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24984 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
24991 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24992 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24994 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24995 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24997 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24998 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24999 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25000 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25003 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25004 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25005 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25008 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25009 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25011 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25012 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25013 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25014 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25017 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25018 It should move point to the end of the record.
25020 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25021 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25022 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25023 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25024 starts at the beginning of the record.
25026 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25027 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25030 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25031 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25032 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25033 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25034 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25035 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25036 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25038 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25040 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25041 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25042 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25043 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25044 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25047 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25049 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25050 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25051 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25052 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25053 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25056 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25058 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25059 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25060 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25061 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25062 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25065 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25066 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25068 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25069 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25070 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25071 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25072 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25073 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25074 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25075 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25076 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25078 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25080 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25081 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25082 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25083 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25084 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25085 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25086 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25089 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25091 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25092 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25093 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25094 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25096 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25097 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25099 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25100 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25101 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25102 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25103 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25104 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25105 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25106 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25108 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25110 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25113 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25114 starting with the letter \"f\",
25115 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25117 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25119 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25120 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25121 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25122 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25123 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25124 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25125 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25128 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25129 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25130 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25131 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25132 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25134 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25136 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25137 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25138 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25140 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25142 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25143 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25144 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25145 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25146 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25147 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25148 each repeated line.
25150 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25151 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25152 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25153 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25155 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25156 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25158 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25159 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25161 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
25166 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25168 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25169 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25170 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25171 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25172 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25173 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25175 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21669
25180 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
25181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25183 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25184 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25186 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25187 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25188 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25190 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25192 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25193 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25194 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25197 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25199 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25200 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25201 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25203 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25205 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25206 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25207 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25208 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25213 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25214 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25215 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25216 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21669 40237 826337
25224 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25226 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25228 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25229 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25230 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25231 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25232 supported at a time.
25233 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25234 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25238 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25239 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25240 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25241 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21669 40237 316336
25249 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25251 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25252 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25256 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25257 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21669 40237 826337
25265 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25266 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25268 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25269 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25271 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25272 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25273 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25274 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25275 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25276 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25277 of the current highlighting list.
25281 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25282 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25284 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25285 `_t' as data types.
25287 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25289 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25290 Major mode to edit SQL.
25292 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25293 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25294 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25297 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25299 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25300 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25301 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25302 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25303 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25304 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25306 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25307 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25309 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25310 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25311 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25313 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25315 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25319 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25320 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25322 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25325 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25326 is specified in the connection settings.
25328 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25330 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25331 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25333 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25334 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25336 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25337 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25338 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25339 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25341 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25343 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25345 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25346 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25348 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25349 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25352 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25353 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25354 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25355 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25357 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25358 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25360 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25361 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25362 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25365 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25366 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25367 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25368 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25369 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25370 `default-process-coding-system'.
25372 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25374 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25376 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25377 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25379 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25380 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25383 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25384 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25385 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25386 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25388 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25389 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25391 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25392 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25393 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25396 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25397 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25398 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25399 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25400 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25401 `default-process-coding-system'.
25403 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25405 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25407 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25408 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25410 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25411 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25414 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25415 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25417 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25418 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25420 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25421 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25422 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25425 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25426 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25427 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25428 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25429 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25430 `default-process-coding-system'.
25432 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25434 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25436 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25437 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25439 SQLite is free software.
25441 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25442 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25445 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25446 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25447 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25448 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25450 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25451 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25453 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25454 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25455 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25458 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25459 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25460 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25461 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25462 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25463 `default-process-coding-system'.
25465 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25467 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25469 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25470 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25472 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25474 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25475 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25478 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25479 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25480 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25481 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25483 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25484 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25486 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25487 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25488 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25491 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25492 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25493 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25494 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25495 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25496 `default-process-coding-system'.
25498 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25500 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25502 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25503 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25505 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25506 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25509 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25510 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25513 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25514 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25516 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25517 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25518 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25521 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25522 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25523 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25524 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25525 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25526 `default-process-coding-system'.
25528 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25530 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25532 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25533 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25535 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25536 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25539 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25540 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25542 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25543 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25545 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25546 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25547 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25550 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25551 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25552 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25553 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25554 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25555 `default-process-coding-system'.
25557 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25559 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25561 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25562 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25564 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25565 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25568 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25569 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25570 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25571 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25573 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25574 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25576 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25577 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25578 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25581 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25582 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25583 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25584 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25585 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25586 `default-process-coding-system'.
25588 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25590 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25592 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25593 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25595 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25596 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25599 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25600 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25601 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25602 `sql-postgres-options'.
25604 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25605 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25607 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25608 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25609 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25612 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25613 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25614 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25615 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25616 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25617 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25618 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25619 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25621 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25622 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25624 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25626 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25628 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25629 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25631 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25632 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25635 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25636 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25639 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25640 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25642 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25643 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25644 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25647 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25648 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25649 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25650 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25651 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25652 `default-process-coding-system'.
25654 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25656 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25658 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25659 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25661 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25662 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25665 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25668 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25669 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25671 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25672 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25673 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25674 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25676 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25677 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25678 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25681 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25682 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25683 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25684 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25685 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25686 `default-process-coding-system'.
25688 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25690 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25692 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25693 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25695 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25696 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25699 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25700 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25701 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25702 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25705 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25706 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25707 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25708 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25711 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25712 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25714 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25715 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25716 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25719 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25721 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21669 40236 816336
25727 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25728 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25733 ;;;;;; (21669 40236 816336 299000))
25734 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25736 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25737 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25741 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21669 40237
25746 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
25747 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25749 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25750 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25751 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25752 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25753 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25754 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25755 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25756 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25757 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25758 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25760 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25761 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25762 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25763 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25765 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21669 40237 826337
25771 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25773 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25774 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25775 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25776 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25777 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25778 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25780 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25782 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25784 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25785 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25786 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25787 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25788 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25789 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25790 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25792 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25794 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25795 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25796 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25797 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25798 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25799 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25800 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25802 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25804 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25805 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25806 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25808 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25810 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25811 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25812 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25814 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25816 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25817 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25819 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25821 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25822 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25826 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25827 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25831 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25832 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25833 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25835 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25837 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25839 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25840 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25841 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25842 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25843 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25844 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25846 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25848 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25849 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25850 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25851 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25852 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25854 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25855 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25856 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25857 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25858 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25860 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25861 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25862 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25863 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25865 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25867 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25869 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25870 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25871 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25872 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25874 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25876 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25877 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21607 56025 301574
25885 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25887 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25888 Studlify-case the region.
25890 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25892 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25893 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25895 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25897 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25898 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21669 40237
25905 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
25906 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25908 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25909 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25910 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25911 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25912 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25914 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25915 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25916 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25917 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25919 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25920 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25921 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25923 Nomenclature Subwords
25924 ===========================================================
25925 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25926 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25927 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25929 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25930 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25933 \\{subword-mode-map}
25935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25937 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25938 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25939 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25940 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25941 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25942 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25944 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25946 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25947 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25948 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25949 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25950 ARG is omitted or nil.
25952 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25953 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25954 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25958 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25959 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25960 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25961 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25962 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25964 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25965 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
25966 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
25968 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
25969 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
25970 edit them as words.
25972 \\{superword-mode-map}
25974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25976 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25977 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25978 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25979 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25980 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25981 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25983 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25985 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25986 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25987 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25988 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25989 ARG is omitted or nil.
25991 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25992 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25993 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
25995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21669 40237
26000 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
26001 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26003 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26004 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26005 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26006 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26007 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26008 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26009 original message but it does require a few things:
26011 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26013 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26016 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26017 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26020 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26022 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26024 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26025 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26026 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21669 40237 826337
26034 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26036 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26038 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26039 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26040 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26041 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26042 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26043 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26045 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26047 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26048 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26049 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26050 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26051 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26053 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26054 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26055 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
26062 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26064 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26065 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26066 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26069 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26070 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26071 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26073 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26075 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26076 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26077 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26078 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26079 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26082 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26083 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26084 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26086 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21669 40237 826337
26092 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26094 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26095 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26096 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26098 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26100 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26101 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26103 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26105 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26106 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26108 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26110 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26111 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26113 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26115 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26116 Insert an editable text table.
26117 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26118 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26119 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26120 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26121 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26122 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26127 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26129 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26134 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26135 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26136 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26137 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26140 +-----+-----+-----+
26142 +-----+-----+-----+
26144 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26146 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26147 width, which results as
26149 +--------------+-----+-----+
26151 +--------------+-----+-----+
26153 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26154 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26156 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26158 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26160 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26161 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26162 width information to `table-insert'.
26164 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26170 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26173 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26174 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26176 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26179 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26181 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26183 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26186 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26189 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26191 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26193 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26196 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26199 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26202 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26203 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26204 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26206 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26209 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26212 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26215 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26217 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26220 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26223 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26224 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26225 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26226 | | |expected results.-!- |
26227 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26230 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26232 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26236 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26238 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26239 Insert N table row(s).
26240 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26241 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26242 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26243 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26247 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26248 Insert N table column(s).
26249 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26250 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26251 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26252 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26256 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26257 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26258 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26260 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26262 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26263 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26264 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26265 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26266 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26267 all the table specific features.
26269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26271 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26276 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26277 Recognize all tables within region.
26278 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26279 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26280 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26283 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26285 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26288 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26290 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26291 Recognize a table at point.
26292 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26293 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26294 the table specific features.
26296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26298 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26303 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26304 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26305 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26306 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26307 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26308 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26309 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26311 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26313 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26318 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26319 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26320 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26321 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26322 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26323 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26326 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26328 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26329 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26330 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26331 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26332 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26333 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26334 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26339 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26340 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26341 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26342 table's rectangle structure.
26344 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26346 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26347 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26348 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26349 table's rectangle structure.
26353 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26354 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26355 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26356 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26357 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26359 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26361 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26362 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26363 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26365 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26366 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26367 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26368 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26369 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26370 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26371 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26373 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26374 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26375 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26376 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26377 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26378 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26379 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26381 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26382 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26383 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26384 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26385 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26386 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26387 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26388 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26390 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26392 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26393 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26394 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26395 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26399 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26400 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26401 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26403 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26405 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26406 Split current cell vertically.
26407 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26411 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26412 Split current cell horizontally.
26413 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26417 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26418 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26419 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26421 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26423 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26424 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26425 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26426 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26428 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26430 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26431 Justify cell contents.
26432 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26433 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26434 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26435 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26437 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26439 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26440 Justify cells of a row.
26441 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26442 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26444 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26446 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26447 Justify cells of a column.
26448 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26449 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26451 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26453 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26454 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26455 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26456 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26457 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26458 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26459 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26460 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26465 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26466 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26467 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26468 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26469 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26470 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26471 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26472 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26473 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26474 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26475 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26477 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26479 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26480 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26481 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26482 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26483 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26484 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26485 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26486 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26487 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26488 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26489 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26490 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26493 References used for this implementation:
26496 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26499 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26501 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26502 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26503 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26505 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26507 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26508 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26509 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26510 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26511 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26512 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26513 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26514 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26515 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26516 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26517 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26518 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26519 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26520 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26521 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26522 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26523 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26528 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26529 (table-forward-cell 15)
26530 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26531 (table-forward-cell 16)
26532 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26533 (table-forward-cell 1)
26534 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26537 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26538 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26539 (table-forward-cell 1)
26540 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26542 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26544 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26545 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26546 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26547 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26548 consists from cells of same height.
26552 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26553 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26554 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26555 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26556 column must consists from cells of same width.
26560 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26561 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26562 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26563 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26564 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26565 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26566 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26567 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26568 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26569 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26570 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26571 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26572 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26573 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26574 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26583 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26584 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26585 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26588 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26590 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26592 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26594 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26598 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26599 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26600 of each row is optional.
26605 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26606 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26607 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26608 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26609 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26611 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26612 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26614 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26615 expression and raw delimiter regular
26616 expression, it parses the specified text
26617 area and extracts cell items from
26618 non-table text and then forms a table out
26621 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26622 creates a single cell table. The text in
26623 the specified region is placed in that
26626 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26629 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26630 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26631 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26633 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26634 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26635 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26636 | area and extracts cell items from |
26637 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26640 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26641 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26642 | the specified region is placed in that |
26644 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26646 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26647 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26650 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26651 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26652 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26653 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26654 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26655 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26656 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26657 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26658 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26660 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26661 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26662 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26663 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26665 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26667 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26668 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26669 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26671 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26673 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26674 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26675 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26676 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26677 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
26684 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26686 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26687 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26689 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26691 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26692 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21669 40237 826337
26700 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26702 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26703 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26704 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26705 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26706 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26707 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26708 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26710 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26711 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26712 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26713 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26715 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21669 40237 826337
26724 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26726 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26727 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26728 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26729 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26730 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26731 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26733 Variables controlling indentation style:
26735 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26736 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26737 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26739 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26740 documentation for details):
26741 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26742 Controls action of TAB key.
26744 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26745 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26746 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26747 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26748 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26750 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26751 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26756 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26757 Run inferior Tcl process.
26758 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26759 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26763 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26764 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26765 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26767 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21669 40237 316336
26773 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26775 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26776 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26777 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26778 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26780 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26781 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26782 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26783 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26784 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26786 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26788 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26789 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26790 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26791 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
26798 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26800 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26801 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26802 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26803 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26804 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26805 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26807 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26809 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26810 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26811 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26812 commands to use in that buffer.
26814 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26816 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26818 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26819 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26821 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26823 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26824 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26825 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26826 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26827 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26828 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26829 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26830 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26831 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26832 use in that buffer.
26833 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26835 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21669
26840 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
26841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26843 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26844 Start coverage on function under point.
26850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21669 40237 316336
26852 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26853 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26855 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26856 Play the Tetris game.
26857 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26858 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26859 as to form complete rows.
26861 tetris-mode keybindings:
26862 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26863 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26864 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26865 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26866 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26867 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26868 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26869 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26870 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21669 40237
26877 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
26878 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26880 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26881 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26883 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26885 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26886 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26887 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26888 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26889 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26891 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26893 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26894 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26895 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26896 if it matches the first line of the file,
26897 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26899 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26901 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26902 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26903 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26904 if the variable is non-nil.")
26906 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26908 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26909 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26911 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26913 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26914 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26915 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26916 See the documentation of that variable.")
26918 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26920 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26921 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26922 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26923 See the documentation of that variable.")
26925 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26927 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26928 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26929 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26930 See the documentation of that variable.")
26932 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26934 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26935 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26936 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26937 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26938 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26940 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26942 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26943 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26944 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26945 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26947 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26949 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26950 User defined LaTeX block names.
26951 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26953 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26955 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26956 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26957 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26958 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26960 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26962 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26963 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26964 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26965 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26967 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26969 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26970 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26971 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26972 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26974 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26975 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26978 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26979 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26981 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26984 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26986 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26987 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26988 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26989 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26990 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26992 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26994 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26996 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26997 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26998 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27000 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27002 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27003 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27004 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27005 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27006 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27008 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27010 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27011 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27013 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27015 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27016 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27018 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27020 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27021 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27022 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27023 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27024 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27025 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27026 says which mode to use.
27030 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27032 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27034 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27036 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27037 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27038 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27039 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27040 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27042 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27043 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27044 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27045 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27046 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27047 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27048 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27050 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27051 mismatched $'s or braces.
27054 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27058 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27060 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27061 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27062 tex-dvi-print-command
27063 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27064 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27065 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27066 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27067 tex-dvi-view-command
27068 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27069 tex-show-queue-command
27070 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27071 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27073 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27074 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27075 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27079 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27080 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27081 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27082 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27083 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27085 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27086 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27087 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27088 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27089 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27090 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27091 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27093 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27094 mismatched $'s or braces.
27101 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27103 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27104 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27105 tex-dvi-print-command
27106 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27107 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27108 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27109 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27110 tex-dvi-view-command
27111 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27112 tex-show-queue-command
27113 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27114 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27116 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27117 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27118 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27122 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27123 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27124 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27125 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27126 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27128 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27129 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27130 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27131 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27132 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27133 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27134 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27136 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27137 mismatched $'s or braces.
27140 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27144 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27146 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27147 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27148 tex-dvi-print-command
27149 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27150 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27151 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27152 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27153 tex-dvi-view-command
27154 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27155 tex-show-queue-command
27156 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27157 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27159 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27160 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27161 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27162 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27166 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27171 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27172 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21669 40237
27179 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
27180 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27182 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27183 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27184 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27185 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27187 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27188 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27189 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27191 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27193 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27194 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27195 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27196 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27197 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27199 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27201 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27202 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27203 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27204 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27206 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27207 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27208 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27209 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27211 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27212 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27214 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21669 40237
27219 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
27220 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27222 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27223 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27225 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27227 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27228 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27230 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27232 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27233 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27235 It has these extra commands:
27236 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27238 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27239 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27240 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27241 modified version of TeX input format.
27243 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27244 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27245 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27246 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27248 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27249 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27250 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27251 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27252 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27253 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27254 in the Texinfo file.
27256 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27257 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27258 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27259 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27260 move forward past the closing brace.
27262 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27263 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27265 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27266 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27267 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27269 Here are the functions:
27271 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27272 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27273 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27275 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27276 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27277 texinfo-master-menu
27279 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27281 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27282 which menu descriptions are indented.
27284 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27285 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27288 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27289 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27290 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27291 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27293 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27294 be the first node in the file.
27296 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27297 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21669
27304 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
27305 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27307 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27308 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27309 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27310 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27312 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27314 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27315 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27317 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27319 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27320 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27324 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27327 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21669 40237 826337
27333 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27335 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27336 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27337 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27338 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27339 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27340 `line', and `page'.
27342 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27344 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27345 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27346 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27347 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27348 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27349 `line', and `page'.
27351 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27354 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27355 positions of the thing found.
27357 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27359 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27360 Return the THING at point.
27361 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27362 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27363 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27364 `line', `number', and `page'.
27366 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27367 strip text properties from the return value.
27369 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27370 a symbol as a valid THING.
27372 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27374 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27375 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27379 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27380 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27384 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27385 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27389 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27390 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
27397 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27399 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27400 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27404 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27405 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27406 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27407 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27409 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27411 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27412 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27416 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27417 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27421 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27423 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27424 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21669
27431 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
27432 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27434 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27435 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27436 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27440 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27441 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27443 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27445 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27446 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27447 The returned string has no composition information.
27449 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27451 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27452 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27454 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27456 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27457 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27459 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27461 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27462 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27463 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27464 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27466 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27468 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27469 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27470 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27471 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27473 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27475 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27476 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27477 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27481 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27482 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27483 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27487 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27490 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27492 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27495 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27497 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27500 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21669 40237
27505 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
27506 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27507 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27509 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27510 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27511 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27512 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27514 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27516 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27518 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27519 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27520 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27521 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27523 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
27530 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27532 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27533 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27535 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27536 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27538 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27539 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27540 This display updates automatically every minute.
27541 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27542 are displayed as well.
27543 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27547 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27548 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27549 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27550 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27551 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27552 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27554 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27556 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27557 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27558 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27559 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27560 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27562 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27563 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27564 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27565 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27566 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27570 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27571 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27572 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27573 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27577 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27578 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27579 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27580 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27582 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27584 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27585 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21669
27592 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
27593 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27595 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27596 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27597 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27599 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27600 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27601 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27602 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27603 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27604 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27606 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27607 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27609 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27611 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27612 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27614 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27616 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27617 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27619 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27621 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27622 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27623 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27625 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27627 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27629 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27630 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27631 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27633 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27635 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27636 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27638 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27640 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27641 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27642 DATE should be a date-time string.
27644 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27646 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27647 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27648 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27650 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27652 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27653 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27655 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27657 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27658 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27660 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27662 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27663 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27664 TIME should be a time value.
27665 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27667 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27669 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27670 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27671 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27673 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27675 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27676 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27677 The valid format specifiers are:
27678 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27679 %d is the number of days.
27680 %h is the number of hours.
27681 %m is the number of minutes.
27682 %s is the number of seconds.
27683 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27684 %% is a literal \"%\".
27686 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27687 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27689 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27690 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27691 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27693 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27694 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27695 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27697 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27699 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21669 40237 826337
27705 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27706 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27707 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27708 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27709 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27710 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27711 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27712 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27713 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27715 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27716 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27717 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27718 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27719 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27720 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27721 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27722 look like one of the following:
27725 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27726 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27727 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27728 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27729 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27730 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27731 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27736 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27737 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27738 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21669
27745 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
27746 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27747 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27749 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27750 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27751 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27752 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27753 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27754 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27756 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27758 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27759 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27760 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27761 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27762 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27763 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27764 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27765 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27766 display (non-nil means on).
27768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27770 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27771 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27772 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27773 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27774 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27775 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27776 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27777 this function is called within a day.
27779 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27780 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27781 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27782 discover the name of the project.
27784 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27786 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27787 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27788 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27789 begun during the last time segment.
27791 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27792 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27793 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27794 discover the reason.
27796 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27798 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27799 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27800 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27801 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27802 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27804 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27806 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27807 Change to working on a different project.
27808 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27809 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27810 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27813 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27815 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27816 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27817 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27821 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27822 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27823 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27827 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27828 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27829 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27830 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27831 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27832 \"relative to today\".
27834 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27836 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27837 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27838 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27839 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27841 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27843 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27844 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27845 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27846 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27847 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27848 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27850 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27855 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 316336 766000))
27856 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27858 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27859 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27860 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27861 the generated Quail package is saved.
27863 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27865 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27866 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27867 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27868 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27869 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27870 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27871 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27873 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
27878 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27879 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27880 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27882 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27883 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27884 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27885 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27886 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27888 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27889 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27890 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27892 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27894 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27895 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27896 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27897 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27898 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27900 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27902 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27903 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27904 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27905 in the menu in two ways:
27906 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27907 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27908 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27910 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27911 keymap or an alist of alists.
27912 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27913 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27915 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21715
27920 ;;;;;; 24393 407468 552000))
27921 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27923 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27924 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27926 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27927 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27928 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27929 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27930 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27931 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27932 file was last visited.
27934 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27935 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27936 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27937 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27938 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27939 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27940 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27941 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27942 for the first item.
27944 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27945 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27946 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27947 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27948 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27949 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27950 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27951 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27953 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27954 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27955 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27956 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27957 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27959 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27960 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27962 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27964 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27965 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27971 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
27972 Major mode for archived todo categories.
27974 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
27978 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
27979 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
27981 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
27987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21669 40237 826337
27989 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27991 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27992 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27993 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27997 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27998 Add an item to the tool bar.
27999 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28000 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28001 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28002 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28004 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28005 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28006 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28007 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28009 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28010 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28012 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28014 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28015 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28016 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28017 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28018 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28019 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28021 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28022 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28023 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28024 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28026 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28028 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28029 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28030 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28031 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28032 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28033 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28034 properties to add to the binding.
28036 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28038 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28039 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28041 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28043 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28044 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28045 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28046 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28047 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28048 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28049 properties to add to the binding.
28051 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28054 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21669 40236 816336
28060 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28062 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28063 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28064 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28065 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28066 to a tcp server on another machine.
28068 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21669 40236
28073 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
28074 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28076 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28077 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28079 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28081 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28082 Helper function to get internal values.
28083 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28085 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28087 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28088 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28089 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28090 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28092 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28093 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28094 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28095 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28096 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28098 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28099 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28100 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28101 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28103 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28105 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28107 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28108 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28109 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28110 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28112 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28114 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21712 48204 744664
28120 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28122 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28123 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28124 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28126 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28128 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28129 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28131 It can have the following values:
28133 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28134 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28136 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28138 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28139 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28140 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28141 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28143 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28145 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28146 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28147 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28148 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28150 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28151 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28152 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28153 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28154 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28155 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28156 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28157 files which are not really Tramp files.
28159 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28160 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28161 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28162 updated after changing this variable.
28164 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28166 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28167 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28168 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28169 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28171 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28173 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28174 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28175 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28176 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28178 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28179 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28180 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28182 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28183 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28184 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28185 updated after changing this variable.
28187 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28189 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28190 Alist of completion handler functions.
28191 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28192 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28193 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28195 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28196 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28197 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28198 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28200 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28201 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28202 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28204 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28205 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory (or (symbol-value (quote temporary-file-directory)) "/"))) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28207 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28208 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28210 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28212 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28217 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28218 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28220 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28222 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28223 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28225 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28227 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28228 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21669 40237
28235 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
28236 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28238 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21669 40237 826337
28247 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28249 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28250 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28251 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28252 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28253 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28254 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28255 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28256 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28258 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28259 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28260 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28262 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28263 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28266 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21607 56024
28271 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
28272 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28274 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28277 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21669
28282 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
28283 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28284 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28285 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28286 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28288 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28289 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28290 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28291 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28292 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28293 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28294 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28296 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28298 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28299 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28300 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28301 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28303 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28307 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28308 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28309 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28310 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28311 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28312 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28313 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28315 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28316 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28318 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28321 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28323 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21669 40237 826337
28331 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28333 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28334 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28335 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28336 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28337 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28338 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28340 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28342 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28343 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28344 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28346 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28347 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28348 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28349 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28350 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28351 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28352 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28354 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28355 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28357 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28358 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28359 reset the keystroke counter.
28361 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28362 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28363 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28364 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28366 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28367 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28368 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28369 `type-break-schedule' command.
28371 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28372 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28373 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28374 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28375 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28376 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28377 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28378 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28379 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28381 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28382 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28383 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28384 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28385 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28387 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28388 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28389 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28390 approximate good values for this.
28392 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28393 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28395 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28396 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28397 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28398 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28399 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28400 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28402 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28403 a typing break occur. They include:
28405 `type-break-query-mode'
28406 `type-break-query-function'
28407 `type-break-query-interval'
28409 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28411 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28412 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28413 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28416 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28418 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28419 Take a typing break.
28421 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28422 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28424 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28425 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28429 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28430 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28431 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28432 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28436 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28437 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28439 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28440 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28441 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28442 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28443 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28444 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28445 average typing speed.)
28447 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28448 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28449 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28450 the computed maximum threshold.
28452 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28453 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28454 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28455 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28456 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28458 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
28463 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28465 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28466 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28467 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28468 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28469 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28471 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28476 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 316336 766000))
28477 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28479 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28480 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28482 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28484 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28485 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28487 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28489 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28490 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28492 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28494 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28495 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28497 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28499 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28500 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28502 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28504 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28505 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28507 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28509 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28510 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28512 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28514 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28515 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28517 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28519 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28520 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28522 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28524 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28525 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28527 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28529 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28530 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28532 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28534 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28535 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28537 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21669
28542 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
28543 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28545 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28546 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28547 Works by overstriking underscores.
28548 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28549 which specify the range to operate on.
28551 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28553 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28554 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28555 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28556 which specify the range to operate on.
28558 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21669 40237 316336
28564 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28566 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28567 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28568 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28569 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28570 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28571 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28575 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28576 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28577 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28579 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21669 40236
28584 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
28585 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28587 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28588 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28589 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28590 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28592 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
28597 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28599 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28600 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28601 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28602 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28603 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28605 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28606 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28607 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28608 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28609 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28610 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28612 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28613 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28614 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28616 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28617 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28618 the callback is not called).
28620 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28621 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28622 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28625 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28626 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28628 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28629 URL-encoded before it's used.
28631 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28633 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28634 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28635 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28636 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28637 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28639 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21669 40237 826337
28645 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28647 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28648 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28649 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28651 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28652 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28653 `url-generic-parse-url'
28654 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28655 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28656 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28658 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28659 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28660 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28661 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28662 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28663 what type of auth to use
28664 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28665 if one cannot be found in the cache
28667 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28669 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28670 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28672 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28673 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28674 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28675 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28676 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28677 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28678 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28679 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28681 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21669 40237
28686 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
28687 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28689 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28690 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28692 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28694 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28695 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28696 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28698 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28700 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28701 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28703 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21669 40237 826337
28709 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28711 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28714 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21669 40237 826337
28720 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28722 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28723 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28724 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28726 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28728 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28729 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28730 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28731 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28733 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28734 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28735 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28738 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28740 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28741 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28742 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28744 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28746 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28749 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21669 40237 826337
28755 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28757 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28758 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28760 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21669 40237 826337
28766 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28768 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28769 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28773 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28774 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28775 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28776 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28777 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28779 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21669
28784 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
28785 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28787 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28788 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28789 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28790 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28791 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28792 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28794 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28796 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28797 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28798 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28799 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28800 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28804 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28805 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28806 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28807 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28809 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28811 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28812 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28813 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28814 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28815 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28816 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28817 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28818 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28819 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28820 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28822 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28824 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28825 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28826 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28829 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28831 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28834 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21669 40237 826337
28840 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28841 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28843 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28844 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28845 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28846 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28847 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21669 40237 826337
28853 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28855 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28858 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21669 40237 826337
28864 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28866 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28867 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28868 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28869 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28870 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28872 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21669 40237
28877 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
28878 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28880 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28883 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28885 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28886 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28888 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21669 40237 826337
28894 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28896 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28897 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28899 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28901 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28902 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28904 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28906 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28909 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28911 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28913 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28915 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28917 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28918 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28920 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21669 40237 826337
28926 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28928 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28931 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28933 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28936 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21669 40237 826337
28942 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28944 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28947 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28949 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28952 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28954 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28957 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28959 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28962 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28964 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28967 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28969 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28972 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28974 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28977 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21669 40237
28982 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
28983 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28985 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28986 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28988 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28990 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28991 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28992 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28994 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
28995 USER is the user name (string or nil).
28996 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
28997 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
28998 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
28999 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29000 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29001 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29002 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29003 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29004 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29005 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29006 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29007 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29009 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29010 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29011 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29013 Here is an example. The URL
29015 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29021 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29022 HOST = \"example.com\"
29024 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29029 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21669 40237
29034 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
29035 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29037 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29038 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21669 40237
29045 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
29046 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29048 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29049 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29050 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29051 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29052 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29053 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29055 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21669 40237 826337
29061 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29063 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29064 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29065 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29067 If t, all messages will be logged.
29068 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29069 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29071 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29073 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29076 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29078 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29081 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29083 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29084 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29085 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29086 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29087 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29093 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29095 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29096 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29097 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29099 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29101 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29102 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29103 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29105 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29107 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29108 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29110 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29112 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29113 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29117 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29118 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29122 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29125 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29127 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29130 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29132 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29134 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29135 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29137 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29139 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29140 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29142 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29144 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29147 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29149 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29150 Build a query-string.
29152 Given a QUERY in the form:
29159 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29161 This will return a string
29162 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29163 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29166 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29168 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29169 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29171 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29173 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29174 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29175 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29176 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29177 forbidden in URL encoding.
29179 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29181 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29182 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29183 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29184 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29185 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29186 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29188 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29189 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29190 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29191 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29193 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29195 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29196 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29197 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29198 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29199 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29200 should return it unchanged.
29202 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29204 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29205 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29206 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29207 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29209 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29211 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29212 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29213 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29215 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29217 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29218 View the current document's URL.
29219 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29222 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29224 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21669 40237 826337
29230 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29232 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29233 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29234 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29235 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29236 to refrain from editing the file
29237 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29238 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29239 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29240 in any way you like.
29242 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29244 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29245 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29246 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29247 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29248 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29250 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29251 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21669 40237
29258 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
29259 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29261 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29264 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29266 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29269 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29271 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29274 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29276 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29279 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
29284 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29286 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29287 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29289 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21669 40237
29294 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
29295 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29297 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29298 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29299 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29300 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29302 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29304 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29305 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29306 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29308 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29310 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29311 Uudecode region between START and END.
29312 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29314 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
29319 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29321 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29322 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29325 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29327 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29328 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29329 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29331 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29333 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29334 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29337 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29339 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29340 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29341 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29342 same state. If not, signal an error.
29344 For merging-based version control systems:
29345 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29346 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29347 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29348 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29349 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29350 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29352 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29353 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29354 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29355 the file(s) for editing.
29356 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29357 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29358 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29359 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29360 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29361 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29363 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29365 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29366 Register into a version control system.
29367 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29368 Otherwise register the current file.
29369 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29370 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29372 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29373 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29374 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29375 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29376 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29377 first backend that could register the file is used.
29379 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29381 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29382 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29384 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29386 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29387 Display diffs between file revisions.
29388 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29389 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29390 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29392 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29395 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29397 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29398 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29399 repository history using ediff.
29401 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29403 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29404 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29405 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29406 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29407 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29409 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29412 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29414 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29415 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29416 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29417 fileset with the working revision.
29418 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29419 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29421 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29424 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29426 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29427 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29428 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29429 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29433 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29434 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29435 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29436 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29440 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29441 Perform a version control merge operation.
29442 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29443 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29444 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29445 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29447 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29448 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29449 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29450 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29451 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29452 changes from the current branch.
29456 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29458 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29459 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29460 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29461 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29462 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29463 checked out in that new branch.
29465 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29467 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29468 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29469 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29470 named branch in the directory DIR.
29471 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29472 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29473 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29474 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29475 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29476 allowed and simply skipped).
29478 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29480 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29481 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29482 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29483 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29484 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29486 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29487 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29489 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29491 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29492 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29493 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29494 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29495 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29497 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29499 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29500 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29501 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29503 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29505 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29506 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29507 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29509 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29511 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29512 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29513 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29514 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29518 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29519 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29520 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29521 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29525 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29527 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29528 Update the current fileset or branch.
29529 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29530 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29531 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29532 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29534 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29535 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29536 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29537 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29538 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29542 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29544 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29545 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29546 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29547 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29548 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29549 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29550 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29552 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29554 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29555 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29556 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29557 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29558 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29559 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29560 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29561 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29562 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29564 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29566 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29567 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29568 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29569 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29573 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29574 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29575 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29576 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29578 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29580 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29581 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29582 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29585 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29587 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29588 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29589 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29591 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29592 log entries should be gathered.
29594 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29596 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29597 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29599 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21669 40237
29604 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
29605 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29607 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29608 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29610 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29611 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29612 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29613 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29614 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29615 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29617 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29618 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29619 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29620 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29621 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29622 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29623 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29624 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29626 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29628 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29630 Customization variables:
29632 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29633 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29634 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29635 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29637 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21669 40237 826337
29643 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29644 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29645 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29647 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29648 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21669 40237 826337
29654 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29656 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29657 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29659 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29660 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29661 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29662 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29664 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29665 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21669 40237 826337
29671 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29672 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29673 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29674 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29675 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29676 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29677 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21669 40237 826337
29683 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29685 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29686 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29687 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29688 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29689 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29691 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29692 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29693 The file lines appear later.
29695 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29696 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29698 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29700 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29702 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21669
29707 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
29708 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29710 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29711 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29712 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29713 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29714 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29715 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29716 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29717 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29718 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29719 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29720 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29721 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29722 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29723 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29724 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29726 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21669 40237 826337
29732 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29733 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29734 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29735 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29737 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29738 (vc-git-registered file))))
29742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
29743 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29744 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29745 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29746 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29748 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29749 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21669 40237 826337
29755 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29757 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29758 Name of the monotone directory.")
29760 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29761 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29762 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29763 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29765 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29766 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21669 40237 826337
29772 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29774 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29775 Where to look for RCS master files.
29776 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29778 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29780 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21669 40237 826337
29786 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29788 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29789 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29790 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29792 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29794 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29796 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29797 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29798 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29799 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21669 40237 826337
29805 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29806 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29807 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29808 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29811 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29812 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29813 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21669
29818 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
29819 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29820 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29821 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29823 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29824 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29829 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29830 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29831 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29832 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29834 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29835 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29836 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29839 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29840 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29842 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29843 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29845 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29846 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29847 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29849 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29855 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29856 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29858 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29860 Official distribution is at
29861 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29864 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29865 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29877 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 826337 297000))
29878 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29880 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29881 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29882 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29883 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29884 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29886 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29888 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29889 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29891 Supports highlighting.
29893 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29894 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29896 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29898 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29899 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29900 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29901 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29902 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29903 on the left side of your screen.
29904 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29905 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29906 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29907 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29908 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29909 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29911 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29912 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29913 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29914 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29917 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29918 Indentation for case statements.
29919 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29920 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29922 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29923 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29924 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29925 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29926 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29927 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29928 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29929 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29930 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29932 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29936 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29937 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29938 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29939 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29940 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29941 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29942 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29943 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29944 comments in tight quarters.
29945 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29946 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29948 Variables controlling other actions:
29950 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29951 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29952 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29954 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29956 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29958 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29959 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29960 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29962 Some other functions are:
29964 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29965 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29966 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29967 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29968 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29970 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29971 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29972 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29973 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29975 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29976 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29977 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29978 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29979 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29980 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29981 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29982 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29983 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29984 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
29985 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
29986 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
29987 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29988 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29989 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29990 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29991 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29992 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29993 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29994 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29995 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29996 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29997 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29998 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29999 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30000 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30001 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30002 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30003 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30004 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30005 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30007 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30008 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30010 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21669
30017 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
30018 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30020 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30021 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30026 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30027 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30028 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30029 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30030 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30031 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30032 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30033 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30034 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30036 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30037 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30038 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30039 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30041 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30042 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30043 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30044 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30045 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30047 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30048 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30052 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30053 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30054 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30058 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30059 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30060 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30061 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30063 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30064 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30065 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30066 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30067 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30071 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30072 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30073 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30074 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30076 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30077 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30078 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30079 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30080 beginning with \"std\").
30082 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30083 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30084 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30089 `--' puts a single comment.
30090 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30091 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30092 with a comment in between.
30093 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30094 out following lines.
30095 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30096 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30097 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30098 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30100 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30101 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30102 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30103 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30104 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30107 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30108 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30109 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30110 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30111 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30112 multi-line comments.
30116 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30117 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30118 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30119 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30122 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30123 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30124 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30125 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30127 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30128 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30131 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30132 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30134 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30135 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30140 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30141 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30142 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30143 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30144 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30145 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30146 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30147 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30149 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30150 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30151 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30152 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30153 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30156 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30157 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30158 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30160 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30161 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30165 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30166 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30167 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30168 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30169 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30170 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30173 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30174 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30175 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30176 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30179 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30183 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30184 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30185 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30186 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30187 internal signal initializations (menu).
30189 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30190 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30191 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30193 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30194 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30195 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30196 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30197 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30198 in subsequent paste operations.)
30200 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30201 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30202 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30205 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30206 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30207 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30208 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30209 association list with formals).
30212 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30213 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30214 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30215 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30216 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30217 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30218 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30219 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30224 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30228 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30232 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30233 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30234 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30236 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30237 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30240 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30241 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30242 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30243 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30245 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30246 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30247 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30249 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30250 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30251 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30252 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30254 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30255 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30256 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30257 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30258 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30260 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30261 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30262 required by secondary units.
30265 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30266 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30267 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30268 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30269 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30270 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30271 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30272 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30273 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30274 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30275 inputs to this component -> input port created
30276 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30277 outputs from this component -> output port created
30278 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30279 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30281 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30282 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30283 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30284 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30285 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30287 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30288 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30290 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30291 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30292 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30293 component instantiation is also supported (option
30294 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30296 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30297 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30298 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30299 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30300 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30301 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30302 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30303 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30304 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30305 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30306 generating the configuration.
30308 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30309 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30310 configurations in speedbar.
30312 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30315 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30316 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30317 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30318 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30319 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30320 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30321 information. New compilers can be added.
30323 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30324 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30327 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30328 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30329 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30330 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30331 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30333 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30336 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30337 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30338 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30340 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30341 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30342 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30343 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30344 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30345 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30346 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30347 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30348 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30351 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30352 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30353 not (yet) supported.
30354 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30355 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30356 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30360 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30361 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30362 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30363 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30364 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30365 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30366 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30367 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30369 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30370 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30371 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30372 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30373 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30374 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30375 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30376 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30377 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30378 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30379 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30383 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30384 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30385 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30386 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30387 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30388 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30389 current directory for VHDL source files.
30393 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30394 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30398 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30399 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30400 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30401 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30402 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30403 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30404 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30405 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30408 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30409 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30410 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30411 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30412 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30413 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30414 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30416 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30417 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30418 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30419 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30420 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30421 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30423 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30424 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30425 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30426 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30427 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30430 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30431 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30432 highlighted if written in lower case.
30434 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30435 highlighted using a different background color if option
30436 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30438 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30439 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30440 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30441 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30442 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30446 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30447 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30448 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30452 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30453 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30454 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30455 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30456 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30460 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30461 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30463 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30464 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30465 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30466 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30467 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30468 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30469 (used to obtain the port names).
30470 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30471 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30476 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30477 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30481 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30482 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30483 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30484 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30485 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30486 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30487 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30492 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30493 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30494 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30495 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30496 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30498 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30499 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30500 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30501 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30502 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30505 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30506 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30510 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30511 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30512 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30514 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30518 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30519 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30521 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30523 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30525 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30529 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30535 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30536 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30538 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30540 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30541 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30542 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30543 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30545 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30546 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30547 where the latest version can be found.
30553 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30554 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30555 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30556 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30559 The VHDL Mode Authors
30560 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21669
30572 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
30573 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30575 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30576 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30578 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30580 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30581 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30582 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30583 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30585 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30587 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30588 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30592 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30593 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30594 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30595 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30597 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30599 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30600 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30604 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30607 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30609 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30612 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
30617 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30619 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30620 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30621 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30623 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30625 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30626 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30627 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30628 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30630 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30632 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30633 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30635 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30637 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30638 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30639 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30640 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30641 moving around in the buffer.
30642 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30643 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30645 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30649 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30650 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30651 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30652 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30654 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30655 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30656 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30657 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30658 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30660 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30664 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30665 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30666 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30667 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30670 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30671 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30672 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30673 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30674 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30676 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30680 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30681 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30682 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30683 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30684 moving around in the buffer.
30685 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30686 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30688 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30690 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30691 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30692 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30694 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30695 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30696 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30697 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30699 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30700 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30701 own View-like bindings.
30703 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30705 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30706 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30707 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30708 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30709 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30710 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30711 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30713 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30715 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30717 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30718 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30719 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30721 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30722 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30723 own View-like bindings.
30725 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30727 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30728 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30729 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30730 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30731 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30732 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30733 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30735 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30737 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30739 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30740 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30741 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30743 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30744 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30745 own View-like bindings.
30747 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30749 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30750 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30751 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30752 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30753 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30755 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30756 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30757 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30758 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30762 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30763 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30764 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30765 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30766 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30767 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30768 to a repeat count of one.
30770 H, h, ? This message.
30771 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30772 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30773 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30774 > move to the end of buffer.
30775 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30776 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30777 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30778 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30779 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30780 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30781 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30782 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30783 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30784 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30785 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30786 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30787 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30788 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30789 Use this to view a changing file.
30790 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30791 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30792 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30794 x exchanges point and mark.
30795 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30796 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30797 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30798 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30799 ' go to position saved in character register.
30800 s do forward incremental search.
30801 r do reverse incremental search.
30802 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30803 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30804 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30805 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30806 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30807 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30808 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30809 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30810 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30811 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30812 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30813 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30814 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30815 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30816 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30817 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30818 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30820 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30821 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30822 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30823 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30824 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30825 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30826 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30827 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30828 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30830 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30834 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30835 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30836 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30837 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30838 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30839 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30840 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30841 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30842 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30844 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30846 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30848 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30849 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30850 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30851 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30852 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30853 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30855 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30856 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30857 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30859 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30861 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30863 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30865 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30866 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21669 40236 816336
30874 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30875 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30877 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30878 Toggle Viper on/off.
30879 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30883 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30884 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21669
30891 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
30892 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30894 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30895 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30896 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30897 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30898 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30899 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30900 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30901 the beginning of the warning.")
30903 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30904 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30905 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30906 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30907 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30908 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30909 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30910 also call that function before the next warning.")
30912 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30913 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30915 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30916 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30917 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30918 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30920 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30921 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30922 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30923 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30924 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30925 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30927 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30928 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30929 Default is :warning.
30931 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30932 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30933 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30934 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30935 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30936 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30938 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30939 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30940 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30942 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30944 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30945 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30947 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30949 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30950 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30951 \\<special-mode-map>
30952 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30953 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30955 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30956 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30957 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30958 can be whatever you like.)
30960 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30961 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30963 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30964 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30965 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30966 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30967 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30969 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30971 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30972 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30973 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30974 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30975 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30977 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
30982 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30983 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
30985 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30986 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
30987 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30988 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
30989 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
30990 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
30991 directories to reflect your edits.
30999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21669 40237 316336
31001 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31003 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31004 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31006 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31009 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21669
31017 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
31018 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31019 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31020 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31022 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31024 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31025 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31026 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31027 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31028 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31029 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31031 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31033 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31034 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31035 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31036 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31037 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31039 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31040 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31041 in certain major modes.
31043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21669 40237 826337
31049 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31050 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31052 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31053 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31054 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31055 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31056 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31058 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31059 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31061 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31063 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31064 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31065 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31066 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31067 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31069 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31070 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31071 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31072 use `whitespace-mode'.
31074 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31078 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31079 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31080 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31081 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31082 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31083 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31085 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31087 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31088 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31089 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31090 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31091 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31093 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31094 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31098 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31099 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31100 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31101 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31102 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31103 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31105 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31107 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31108 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31109 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31110 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31111 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31113 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31114 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31115 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31116 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31118 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31122 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31123 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31125 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31126 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31128 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31129 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31131 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31135 f toggle face visualization
31136 t toggle TAB visualization
31137 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31138 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31139 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31140 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31141 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31142 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31143 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31144 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31145 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31146 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31147 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31148 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31149 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31150 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31151 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31153 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31154 T toggle TAB visualization
31155 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31156 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31158 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31159 ? display brief help
31161 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31162 The valid symbols are:
31164 face toggle face visualization
31165 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31166 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31167 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31168 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31169 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31170 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31171 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31172 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31173 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31174 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31175 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31176 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31177 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31178 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31179 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31180 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31182 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31183 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31184 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31186 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31188 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31192 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31193 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31195 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31196 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31198 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31199 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31201 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31205 f toggle face visualization
31206 t toggle TAB visualization
31207 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31208 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31209 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31210 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31211 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31212 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31213 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31214 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31215 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31216 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31217 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31218 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31219 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31220 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31221 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31223 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31224 T toggle TAB visualization
31225 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31226 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31228 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31229 ? display brief help
31231 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31232 The valid symbols are:
31234 face toggle face visualization
31235 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31236 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31237 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31238 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31239 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31240 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31241 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31242 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31243 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31244 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31245 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31246 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31247 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31248 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31249 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31250 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31252 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31253 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31254 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31256 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31258 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31262 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31263 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31265 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31266 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31267 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31268 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31269 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31271 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31273 The problems cleaned up are:
31275 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31276 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31277 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31278 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31280 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31281 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31282 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31283 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31285 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31286 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31287 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31288 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31290 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31291 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31292 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31293 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31294 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31295 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31296 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31297 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31299 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31300 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31301 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31303 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31304 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31305 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31306 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31307 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31308 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31309 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31310 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31312 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31317 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31318 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31320 The problems cleaned up are:
31322 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31323 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31324 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31325 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31327 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31328 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31329 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31330 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31332 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31333 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31334 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31335 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31336 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31337 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31338 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31339 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31341 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31342 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31343 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31345 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31346 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31347 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31348 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31349 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31350 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31351 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31352 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31354 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31357 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31359 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31360 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31362 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31365 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31366 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31367 `whitespace-style' to have:
31375 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31376 whitespace problems in buffer.
31378 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31380 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31381 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31382 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31383 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31384 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31385 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31386 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31388 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31389 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31390 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31391 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31392 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31393 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31394 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31396 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31397 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31398 cleaning up these problems.
31400 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31402 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31403 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31405 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31408 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31409 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31410 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31418 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31419 whitespace problems in buffer.
31421 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31423 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31424 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31425 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31426 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31427 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31428 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31429 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31431 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31432 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31433 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31434 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31435 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31436 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31437 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31439 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31440 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31441 cleaning up these problems.
31443 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21669 40237 826337
31449 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31451 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31452 Browse the widget under point.
31456 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31457 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31459 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31461 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31462 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31464 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31466 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31467 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31468 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31469 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31470 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21669 40237 826337
31478 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31480 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31481 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31483 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31485 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31486 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31487 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31489 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31491 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31492 Create widget of TYPE.
31493 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31495 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31497 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31500 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31502 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31503 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31505 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31507 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "
\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31508 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31509 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31510 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31512 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31513 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21669 40237 826337
31521 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31523 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31524 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31525 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31526 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31527 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31528 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31529 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31533 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31534 Select the window above the current one.
31535 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31536 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31537 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31538 negative ARG) of the current window.
31539 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31543 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31544 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31545 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31546 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31547 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31548 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31549 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31553 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31554 Select the window below the current one.
31555 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31556 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31557 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31558 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31559 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31563 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31564 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31565 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31566 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31568 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
31573 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31575 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31576 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31577 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31578 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31579 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31580 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31582 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31584 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31585 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31586 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31587 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31588 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31589 \\{winner-mode-map}
31591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
31596 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31597 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31599 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31600 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31601 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31602 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31603 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31605 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31607 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31608 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31609 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31610 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31611 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31612 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31613 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31614 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31616 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31617 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31619 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31621 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31622 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31626 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31627 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31628 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31629 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31630 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31631 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31632 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31633 `woman' command for further details.
31635 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31637 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31638 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31640 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
31645 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31647 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31648 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31649 Return the top node with all its children.
31650 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31652 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31653 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31654 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31656 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31658 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31659 namespace to URIs instead.
31661 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31662 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31664 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31666 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31668 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31670 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31671 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31672 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31673 not contain well-formed XML.
31675 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31676 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31677 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31678 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31679 element of the list.
31680 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31681 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31682 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31684 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31686 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31687 namespace to URIs instead.
31689 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31690 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31692 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31694 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31696 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21669 40237 316336
31702 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31704 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31705 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31706 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31707 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31708 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31709 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31710 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31711 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31712 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31713 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31715 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21669 40237 826337
31721 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31723 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31724 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31725 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31726 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31727 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31728 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31730 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31732 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31733 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31734 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31735 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31736 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31738 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31739 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31740 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31741 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31742 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31743 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
31750 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31752 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31753 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31755 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31757 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31758 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
31765 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31767 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31768 Zone out, completely.
31774 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31775 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31776 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31777 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31778 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31779 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31780 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31781 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31782 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31783 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31784 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31785 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31786 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31787 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31788 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
31789 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
31790 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31791 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31792 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
31793 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
31794 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
31795 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
31796 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
31797 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
31798 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
31799 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
31800 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
31801 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
31802 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
31803 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
31804 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
31805 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
31806 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31807 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31808 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31809 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
31810 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
31811 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
31812 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
31813 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
31814 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
31815 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
31816 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31817 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31818 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31819 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31820 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31821 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31822 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31823 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21747 1197 271747
31983 (provide 'loaddefs)
31984 ;; Local Variables:
31985 ;; version-control: never
31986 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31987 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31990 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here